Fisher FIELDVUEt DVC6000 SIS Series Digital

Fisher FIELDVUEt DVC6000 SIS Series Digital
Instruction Manual
D103230X012
December 2008
DVC6000 SIS
Fisherr FIELDVUEt DVC6000
SIS Series Digital Valve
Controllers for Safety
Introduction and Specifications
Instrumented System
Installation
(SIS) Solutions
Basic Setup
1
Detailed Setup
4
Calibration
5
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
6
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
7
Parts
8
2
3
Appendices
This manual applies to:
DVC6000 SIS Digital Valve Controllers
375 Field
Communicator
Device
Revision
Firmware
Revision
Hardware
Revision
Device
Description
Revision
2
7
1
1
www.Fisher.com
Principle of Operation
A
375 Field Communicator Basics
B
Loop Schematics/Nameplates
C
14
Glossary
Glossary
Index
15
Index
DVC6000 SIS
Fast-Key Sequence
Function/Variable
Actuator Style
Fast-Key
Sequence
Coordinates(1)
Function/Variable
Fast-Key
Sequence
Coordinates(1)
1-2-6-4
4-D
Drive Signal Alert Enable
1-2-3-1-2-1
10-C
Alert Conditions
Alert Record Full Enable
2-1
1-2-3-7-2
2-E
8-F
DVC Power Up
End Point Control Enable
1-2-7-4
1-2-2-2-2-1
3-D
6-C
Alert Record Not Empty Alert Enable
Analog Input
Analog Input Calibration
1-2-3-7-1
3-1
1-3-2-3
8-F
2-F
4-E
Failure Group Enable
Feedback Connection
Firmware Revision
1-2-3-7-5-1
1-2-6-5
3-7-6
10-G
4-D
4-H
Analog Input Range Hi
Analog Input Range Lo
Analog Input Units
Auto Test Interval
Auto Travel Calibration
1-2-5-3-1
1-2-5-3-2
1-2-5-2-3
1-2-7-3
1-3-1-1
6-H
6-H
6-H
3-D
4-E
Flash ROM Shutdown
Hardware Revision
1-2-3-1-3-5
3-7-7
1-2-5-1-1
3-7-1
3-7-9
11-C
4-I
6-F
4-H
4-I
1-2-4-2-2
3-6-1
1-2-3-3-1-2
1-2-3-3-1-1
1-2-3-3-1-3
1-2-5-7
1-2-1-4-2
1-2-1-4-1
1-2-4-2-1
1-2-5-9-2
1-2-3-7-4
1-2-1-4-3
Hot Key-2
1-2-1-2
1-2-3-1-3-4
1-2-3-5-1-2
3-6-5
1-2-3-5-1-1
1-2-3-5-1-3
1-2-5-1-4
1-2-3-5-2-1
1-2-2-4
1-2-5-1-3
3-8
3-7-2
3-7-5
1-2-4-2-4
1-2-4-2-3
1-2-3-7-3
8-H
5-G
10-C
10-C
10-D
5-F
6-A
6-A
8-G
6-H
8-G
6-A
1-A
4-B
11-C
5-F
3-H
10-F
10-F
6-F
10-F
4-C
6-F
2-G
4-H
4-H
8-H
8-H
8-F
Input Characterization
Offline/Failed Alert Enable
1-2-2-3
1-2-4-1-2
1-2-5-8
3-7-8
Hot Key-1
1-2-1-1
1-2-5-1-6
1-2-4-1-1
1-2-4-4-4
1-2-2-1-2-1
1-2-4-4-3
1-2-2-1-2-2
1-2-4-4-1
1-2-4-4-2
1-2-2-5-3
1-2-5-9-1
1-3-1-2
3-7-3
1-2-6-1
1-2-5-6
1-2-5-1-2
1-2-3-7-5-3
3-7-4
1-2-4-3-2
1-2-3-1-3-6
1-2-3-1-3-3
2-3-4
3-6-9
1-2-3-1-3-1
4-C
8-G
5-F
4-I
1-A
4-B
6-F
8-G
8-I
9-A
8-I
9-A
8-H
8-H
6-D
6-H
4-E
4-H
4-D
5-F
6-F
10-G
4-H
8-H
11-C
11-B
4-F
5-H
11-B
1-2-3-1-1
3-4
1-2-3-1-2-2
9-C
3-F
10-C
Partial
Partial
Partial
Partial
2-5
1-2-7-1
1-2-3-6-1
1-2-2-2-2-2
2-F
3-D
8-F
8-C
Autocalibration in Progress Enable
Auxiliary Input
Auxiliary Terminal Alert Enable
Auxiliary Terminal Mode
Burst Command
Burst Enable
Calibration in Progress Enab
Calibration Location
Clear Record
Command 3 (Trending) Press
Control Mode
Critical NVM Shutdown
Cycle Count
Cycle Count Alert Enable
Cycle Count Alert Point
Date
Dead Band (Cycle Count / Travel Accum)
Define Custom Characteristic
Descriptor
Device Description Information
Device ID
Device Revision
Diagnostic Data Available Enable
Diagnostic in Progress Enable
Display Record
Drive Current Shutdown
Drive Signal
HART Tag
HART Universal Revision
Instrument Date and Time
Instrument Level
Instrument Mode
Instrument Serial Number
Instrument Time Invalid Enable
Integral Dead Zone
Integral Limit
Integrator Saturated Hi Enable
Integrator Saturated Lo Enable
Lag Time
Last Calibration Status
Manual Travel Calibration
Manufacturer
Maximum Supply Pressure
Message
Miscellaneous Group Enable
Model
Multi-Drop Alert Enable
No Free Time Shutdown
Non-Critical NVM Alert Enable
Number of Power Ups
Stroke
Stroke
Stroke
Stroke
Test
Test Enable
Test Pressure Limit
Test Start Point
1. Coordinates are to help locate the item on the foldout menu tree.
continued on facing page
Unfold this sheet to see the 375 Field Communicator Menu Tree
i
i
DVC6000 SIS
375 Field Communicator Menu Tree for DVC6000 SIS
Digital Valve Controllers
Burst Mode
1 Burst Enable
2 Burst Command
3 Cmd 3(Trending)Press
1-2-1-4
Hot Key
1 Instrument Mode
2 Control Mode
3 Protection
4 Stabilize/Optimize
1-1
Basic Setup
1 Setup Wizard
2 Performance Tuner
Detailed Setup
1 Mode and Protection
2 Response Control
3 Alerts
4 Status
5 Instrument
6 Valve & Actuator
7 SIS/Partial Stroke
1-2
1-2-7
Configure / Setup
1 Basic Setup
2 Detailed Setup
3 Calibrate
1
Online
1 Configure / Setup
2 Device Diagnostics
3 Device Variables
2
3
1
HART Application
1 Offline
2 Online
3 Utility
4 HART Diagnostics
1-2-1
1-3
SIS/Partial Stroke
1 PST Enable
2 PST Vars View/Edit
3 Auto Test Interval
4 DVC Power Up
Calibrate
1 Travel Calibration
2 Sensor Calibration
3 Relay Adjust
4 Restore Factory
4 Settings
5 PST Calibration
Device Variables
1 Analog In
2 Tvl Set Pt
3 Travel
4 Drive Signal
5 Pressures
6 Variables
7 Device Information
8 DD Information
1-3-1
1-3-2
Sensor Calibration
1 Press Sensors
2 Tvl Sensor Adjust
3 Analog In Calib
2-3
3-5
1
This menu is available by pressing the left
arrow key from the previous menu.
3-7
2
Valve Actuator
1 Manufacturer
2 Valve Serial Num
3 Valve Style
4 Actuator Style
5 Feedback Conn
6 Tvl Sensor Motion
Travel Calibration
1 AutoTvl Calib
2 Man Tvl Calib
3
Pressures
1 Pressure A
2 Pressure B
3 Pressure Diff
4 Supply Press
3-6
Device Information
1 HART Tag
2 Device ID
3 Manufacturer
4 Model
5 Device Rev
6 Firmware Rev
7 Hardware Rev
8 Inst Level
9 HART Univ Rev
4
1-2-2-2
Tvl/Press Control
1 Tvl/Press Cutoffs
2 End Pt Press Control
1-2-2-5
Dynamic Response
1 SP Rate Open
2 SP Rate Close
3 Lag Time
1-2-3
1-2-4
Device Record
1 Temp Max
2 Temp Min
3 Run Time
4 Num of Power Ups
Tuning
1 Travel Tuning
2 Integral Settings
3 Pressure Tuning
1-2-2-1
Response Control
1 Tuning
2 Tvl/Press Control
3 Input Char
4 Define Cust Char
5 Dynamic Response
1-2-5
1-1-1 indicates fast-key sequence to reach menu
ii
1-2-6
Device Diagnostics
1 Alert Conditions
2 Status
3 Device Record
4 Stroke Valve
5 Partial Stroke Test
Notes:
1
1-2-2
Mode and Protection
1 Instrument Mode
2 Control Mode
3 Restart Ctrl Mode
4 Burst Mode
5 Protection
Alerts
1 Electronics Alerts
2 Sensor Alerts
3 Enviroment Alerts
4 Travel Alerts
5 Travel History Alerts
6 SIS Alerts
7 Alert Record
Status
1 Instrument Time
2 Calibrations and Diagnostics
3 Operational
4 Integrator
Instrument
1-2-5-1
1 General
2 Units
3 Analog Input Range
4 Relay Type
5 Zero Pwr Cond
6 Max Supply Press
7 Aux Term Mode
8 Inst Date and Time
9 Calib Status and Loc
Variables
1 Aux Input
2 Temperature
3 Temp Max
4 Temp Min
5 Cycle Count
6 Tvl Accum
7 Raw Tvl Input
8 Run Time
9 Num of Power Ups
5
1-2-5-2
General
1 HART Tag
2 Message
3 Descriptor
4 Date
5 Valve Serial Num
6 Inst Serial Num
7 Polling Address
Units
1 Pressure Units
2 Temp Units
3 Analog In Units
1-2-5-3
Analog Input Range
1 Input Range Hi
2 Input Range Lo
1-2-5-9
Calib Status and Loc
1 Last Calib Status
2 Calib Loc
6
ii
DVC6000 SIS
Travel Tuning
1 Tvl Tuning Set
2 Tvl Integ Enable
3 Tvl Integ Gain
4 Stabilize / Optimize
5 Peformance Tuner
1-2-2-1-1
1-2-2-1-1-1
1-2-2-1-2
Pressure Tuning
1 Press Tuning Set
2 Press Integ Enable
3 Press Integ Gain
1-2-2-1-3
1
2
3
4
Integral Settings
1 Integ DeadZ
2 Integ Limit
Tvl Tuning Set
Tvl Prop Gain
Tvl Velocity Gain
Tvl MLFB Gain
A
1 Press Tuning Set
2 Press Prop Gain
3 Press MLFB Gain
1-2-2-1-3-1
B
Tvl/Press Cutoffs
1 Tvl/Press Cut Hi
2 Tvl/Press Cut Lo
1-2-2-2-1
1-2-2-2-2
1-2-3-1-3
1-2-3-1-2
End Pt Press Control
1 End Pt Control Enab
2 PST Start Pt
3 Press Set Pt
4 Press Sat Time
1-2-3-1
C
1-2-3-3
Sensor Alerts
1 Tvl Sensor Shutdown
2 Temp Sensor Shutdown
3 Press Sensor Shutdown
1-2-3-4-5
Enviroment Alerts
1 Aux Terminal Alrt
2 Supply Press Lo Alrt
1-2-3-6
1-2-3-7
Travel History Alerts
1 Cycle Count
2 Cycle Count/Tvl Accum Deadband
3 Tvl Accum
Alert Record
1 Alrt Record Not Empty Enab
2 Alrt Record Full Enab
3 Display Record
4 Clear Record
5 Alert Groups
1-2-4-2
1-2-4-3
1-2-4-4
7
Instrument Time
1 Inst Time Invalid Enab
2 Inst Date and Time
1-2-3-5-3
Cycle Count
1 Cycle Count Alrt Enab
2 Cycle Count
3 Cycle Count Alrt Pt
Travel Deviation Alert
1 Tvl Dev Alrt Enab
2 Tvl Dev Alrt Pt
3 Tvl Dev Time
Travel Limit Alerts
1 Tvl Alrt Hi Hi Enab
2 Tvl Alrt Lo Lo Enab
3 Tvl Alrt Hi Hi Pt
4 Tvl Alrt Lo Lo Pt
Travel Limit Hi/Lo Alerts
1 Tvl Alrt Hi Enab
2 Tvl Alrt Lo Enab
3 Tvl Alrt Hi Pt
4 Tvl Alrt Lo Pt
D
E
Travel Limit / Cutoff Alerts
1 Tvl Limit/Cutoff Hi Alrt Enab
2 Tvl Limit/Cutoff Lo Alrt Enab
3 Tvl/Press Cut Hi
4 Tvl/Press Cut Lo
1 Deadband
F
Tvl Accum
1 Tvl Accum Alrt Enab
2 Tvl Accum
3 Tvl Accum Alrt Pt
Alert Groups
1 Failure Group Enab
2 Valve Group Enab
3 Misc Group Enab
G
Calibrations and Diagnostics
1 Cal in Progress Enab
2 Autocal in Progress Enab
3 Diag in Progress Enab
4 Diag Data Avail Enab
Operational
1 Press Ctrl Active Enab
2 Multi-Drop Enab
H
Integrator
1 Integrator Sat Hi Enab
2 Integrator Sat Lo Enab
3 Integ Limit
4 Integ DeadZ
8
iii
1-2-3-4-6
1-2-3-4-7
1-2-3-5-2
1-2-3-7-5
1-2-4-1
Travel Alerts
1 Travel
2 Tvl Set Pt
3 Tvl Alrt DB
4 Travel Deviation Alert
5 Travel Limit Alerts
6 Travel Limit Hi/Lo Alerts
7 Trave Limit / Cutoff Alerts
1-2-3-5-1
SIS Alerts
1 PST Press Limit
2 Press Dev Alrt Enab
3 Press Dev Alrt Pt
4 Press Dev Time
1-2-3-4-4
Supply Press Lo Alrt
1 Supply Press Lo Alrt Enab
2 Supply Press
3 Supply Press Lo Alrt Pt
1-2-3-3-2
1-2-3-4
1-2-3-5
Aux Terminal Alrt
1 Aux Terminal Alrt Enab
2 Aux Input
3 Aux Term Mode
1-2-3-3-1
Electronics Alerts
1 Drive Current Shutdown
2 Drive Signal Alert
3 Processor Impaired Alerts
1-2-3-2
Drive Signal Alert
1 Drive Signal Alrt Enab
2 Drive Signal
Processor Impaired Alerts
1 Offline/Failed Alrt Enab
2 Power Starvation Alrt Enab
3 Non-Critical NVM Alrt Enab
4 Critical NVM Shutdown
5 Flash ROM Shutdown
6 No Free Time Shutdown
7 Reference Voltage Shutdown
Menu Tree for for 375 Field Communicator
Device Description Revision 1
9
10
11
I
12
iii
DVC6000 SIS
Fast-Key Sequence (continued)
Function/Variable
Partial Stroke Test Variables View/Edit
Performance Tuner
Polling Address
Power Starvation Alert Enable
Pressure A
Pressure B
Pressure Deviation Alert Enable
Pressure Deviation Alert Point
Pressure Deviation Time
Pressure Differential
Pressure Integral Control Enable
Pressure Integral Gain
Pressure MLFB Gain
Pressure Proportional Gain
Pressure Saturation Time
Pressure Sensor Shutdown
Pressure Sensors—Calibration
Pressure Set Point
Pressure Tuning Set
Pressure Units
Protection
PST Calibration
Raw Travel Input
Reference Voltage Shutdown
Relay Adjust
Relay Type
Restart Control Mode
Restore Factory Settings
Run Time
Set Point Rate Close
Set Point Rate Open
Setup Wizard
Stabilize/Optimize
Status
Stroke Valve
Supply Pressure
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point
Temperature
Fast-Key
Sequence
1-2-7-2
1-1-2
1-2-2-1-1-5
1-2-5-1-7
1-2-3-1-3-2
3-5-1
3-5-2
1-2-3-6-2
1-2-3-6-3
1-2-3-6-4
3-5-3
1-2-2-1-3-2
1-2-2-1-3-3
1-2-2-1-3-1-3
1-2-2-1-3-1-2
1-2-2-2-2-4
1-2-3-2-3
1-3-2-1
1-2-2-2-2-3
1-2-2-1-3-1-1
1-2-5-2-1
Hot Key-3
1-2-1-5
1-3-5
3-6-7
1-2-3-1-3-7
1-3-3
1-2-5-4
1-2-1-3
1-3-4
2-3-3
3-6-8
1-2-2-5-2
1-2-2-5-1
1-1-1
Hot Key-4
1-2-2-1-1-4
2-2
2-4
3-5-4
1-2-3-3-2-2
1-2-3-3-2-1
1-2-3-3-2-3
3-6-2
Coordinates(1)
3-D
2-B
8-A
6-F
11-B
4-G
4-G
8-F
8-F
8-F
4-G
8-B
8-B
10-B
10-B
8-C
9-D
4-E
8-C
10-B
6-G
1-A
4-B
3-E
5-H
11-C
3-E
5-F
4-B
3-E
4-F
5-H
6-C
6-C
2-B
1-A
8-A
2-F
2-F
4-G
10-D
10-D
10-D
5-G
Function/Variable
Temperature Maximum
Temperature Minimum
Temperature Sensor Shutdown
Temperature Units
Travel
Travel / Pressure Cutoff Hi
Travel / Pressure Cutoff Lo
Travel Accumulator
Travel Accumulator Alert Enable
Travel Accumulator Alert Point
Travel Alert Dead Band
Travel Alert Hi Enable
Travel Alert Hi Hi Enable
Travel Alert Hi Hi Point
Travel Alert Hi Point
Travel Alert Lo Enable
Travel Alert Lo Lo Enable
Travel Alert Lo Lo Point
Travel Alert Lo Point
Travel Deviation Alert Enable
Travel Deviation Alert Point
Travel Deviation Time
Travel Integral Control Enable
Travel Integral Gain
Travel Limit / Cutoff Hi Alert Enable
Travel Limit / Cutoff Lo Alert Enable
Travel MLFB Gain
Travel Proportional Gain
Travel Sensor Adjust
Travel Sensor Motion
Travel Sensor Shutdown
Travel Set Point
Travel Tuning Set
Travel Velocity Gain
Valve Group Enable
Valve Serial Number
Valve Style
Zero Power Condition
Fast-Key
Sequence
3-6-3
2-3-1
3-6-4
2-3-2
1-2-3-2-2
1-2-5-2-2
3-3
1-2-3-4-1
1-2-3-4-7-3
1-2-2-2-1-1
1-2-3-4-7-4
1-2-2-2-1-2
3-6-6
1-2-3-5-3-2
1-2-3-5-3-1
1-2-3-5-3-3
1-2-3-4-3
1-2-3-4-6-1
1-2-3-4-5-1
1-2-3-4-5-3
1-2-3-4-6-3
1-2-3-4-6-2
1-2-3-4-5-2
1-2-3-4-5-4
1-2-3-4-6-4
1-2-3-4-4-1
1-2-3-4-4-2
1-2-3-4-4-3
1-2-2-1-1-2
1-2-2-1-1-3
1-2-3-4-7-1
1-2-3-4-7-2
1-2-2-1-1-1-4
1-2-2-1-1-1-2
1-3-2-2
1-2-6-6
1-2-3-2-1
1-2-3-4-2
3-2
1-2-2-1-1-1-1
1-2-2-1-1-1-3
1-2-3-7-5-2
1-2-5-1-5
1-2-6-2
1-2-6-3
1-2-5-5
Coordinates(1)
5-G
4-F
5-H
4-F
9-D
6-G
2-F
10-D
12-F
9-B
12-F
9-B
6-H
10-F
10-F
10-F
10-E
10-E
12-D
12-D
12-E
12-E
12-D
12-D
12-E
12-D
12-D
12-D
8-A
8-A
12-E
12-E
10-A
10-A
4-E
4-D
9-D
10-E
2-F
10-A
10-A
10-G
6-F
4-D
4-D
5-F
1. Coordinates are to help locate the item on the foldout menu tree.
v
v
DVC6000 SIS
THE FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS SERIES DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER IS A CORE COMPONENT OF THE
PLANTWEBt DIGITAL PLANT ARCHITECTURE. THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER POWERS PLANTWEB
BY CAPTURING AND DELIVERING VALVE DIAGNOSTIC DATA. COUPLED WITH VALVELINK t SOFTWARE,
THE DVC6000 SIS PROVIDES USERS WITH AN ACCURATE PICTURE OF VALVE PERFORMANCE,
INCLUDING ACTUAL STEM POSITION, INSTRUMENT INPUT SIGNAL AND PNEUMATIC PRESSURE TO
THE ACTUATOR. USING THIS INFORMATION, THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER DIAGNOSES NOT ONLY
ITSELF, BUT ALSO THE VALVE AND ACTUATOR TO WHICH IT IS MOUNTED.
FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller
vi
vi
Introduction and Specifications
1-1
Section 1 Introduction and Specifications
1
Scope of Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2
Conventions Used in this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3
Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3
Educational Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-7
December 2008
1-1
DVC6000 SIS
Table 1-1. FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Capabilities
Auto Calibration
Custom Characterization
Alerts
Step Response, Drive Signal Test & Dynamic Error Band
1
Advanced Diagnostics (Valve Signature)
Performance Tuner
Performance Diagnostics(1)
Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring(1)
Partial Stroke Testing
1. Available in Firmware Revision 7 and higher.
Scope of Manual
This instruction manual includes specifications,
installation, operation, and maintenance information
for FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve
controllers for Safety Instrumented System (SIS)
Solutions.
W8308-3 SIS
Figure 1-1. FIELDVUE DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve
Controller Mounted on a Quarter-Turn Actuator
This instruction manual describes using the 375 Field
Communicator with device description revision 1, used
with DVC6000 SIS device revision 2, firmware revision
7, to setup and calibrate the instrument. You can also
use Fisher ValveLinkt Software version 7.3 or higher
to setup, calibrate, and diagnose the valve and
instrument. For information on using ValveLink
Software with the instrument, refer to the AMS
ValveLink Software help or documentation.
is shown as (2-1-1). The path required to accomplish
various tasks, the sequence of steps through the Field
Communicator menus, is also presented in textual
format. Menu selections are shown in italics, e.g.,
Calibrate. An overview of the 375 Field Communicator
menu structures are shown at the beginning of this
manual.
Do not install, operate, or maintain a DVC6000 SIS
digital valve controller without first D being fully trained
and qualified in valve, actuator, and accessory
installation, operation and maintenance, and D
carefully reading and understanding the contents of
this manual. If you have any questions concerning
these instructions, contact your Emerson Process
Management sales office before proceeding.
Description
Conventions Used in this Manual
Procedures that require the use of the 375 Field
Communicator have the Field Communicator symbol
in the heading.
Procedures that are accessible with the Hot Key
on the Field Communicator will also have the Hot Key
symbol in the heading.
Some of the procedures also contain the sequence of
numeric keys required to display the desired Field
Communicator menu. For example, to access the
Basic Setup menu, from the Online menu, press 2
(selects Configure / Setup) followed by a 1 (selects
Basic Setup) followed by a second 1 (selects Setup
Wizard). The key sequence in the procedure heading
1-2
DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers (figure
1-1) are communicating, microprocessor-based
current-to-pneumatic instruments. The DVC6000 SIS
Series digital valve controller for Safety Instrumented
System (SIS) Solutions monitors the health of final
control elements and solenoid valves; the primary
function of the DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller is
to actuate its pneumatic outputs in response to a
demand signal from a logic solver, which should move
the valve to the configured safe state.
Using HARTt communications protocol the digital
valve controller allows easy access to information
critical to process operation. You can gain information
from the principal component of the process, the
control valve itself, using the Field Communicator at
the valve or at a field junction box, or by using a
personal computer or operator’s console within the
control room.
Using DVC6000 SIS Series instruments permits partial
stroking of the valve to minimize the chance of valve
failure upon a safety demand and, consequently, the
possibility of catastrophic situations. A partial stroke
test verifies valve movement with a small ramp to the
input. This ramp is small enough not to disrupt
production, but is large enough to confirm that the
valve is working. DVC6000 SIS instruments also
provide state-of-the-art testing methods, which reduce
December 2008
Introduction and Specifications
testing and maintenance time, improve system
performance, and provide diagnostic capabilities.
Using a personal computer and ValveLink software,
AMS Suite: Intelligent Device Manager, or a 375 Field
Communicator, you can perform several operations
with the DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller. You can
obtain general information concerning software
revision level, messages, tag, descriptor, and date.
Diagnostic information is available to aid you when
troubleshooting. Input and output configuration
parameters can be set, and the digital valve controller
can be calibrated. Refer to table 1-1 for details on the
capabilities of the DVC6000 SIS.
Specifications for DVC6000 SIS digital valve
controllers are shown in table 1-2. Specifications for
the Field Communicator can be found in the product
manual for the Field Communicator.
1
Related Documents
Other documents containing information related to
DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers for safety
instrumented systems include:
Using the HART protocol, information from the field
can be integrated into control systems or be received
on a single loop basis.
D Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital
Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented System
(SIS) Solutions (Bulletin 62.1:DVC6000 SIS)
exidat Certification
D DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE Digital Valve
Controller Dimensions (Bulletin 62.1:DVC6000(S1))
exida has certified that the DVC6000 SIS digital valve
controller, when operating in a Safety Instrumented
System with a 4-20 mA, 0-24 VDC, or 0-20 mA input
signal from a logic solver, meets the requirements of
IEC61508, and can be incorporated into Safety
Instrumented Function (SIF) loops that are rated to
Safety Integrity Level 3 (SIL3). This certification
includes relays A and C, and stainless steel, remote
mount, and extreme temperature options. The
LCP100 local control panel is covered under this
certification as a non-interfering device to the safety
function.
TÜV Certification
TÜV has certified that valve-mounted DVC6000 SIS
Series digital valve controller hardware, when
operating in a Safety Instrumented System with a 0-24
volt DC or 0-20 mA DC control signal, meets the
requirements of IEC 61508, and can be incorporated
into Safety Instrumented Function (SIF) loops that are
rated to Safety Integrity Level 3 (SIL3).
D DVC6000 SIS Series FIELDVUE Digital Valve
Controllers for Safety Instrumented System (SIS)
Solutions Quick Start Guide (D103307X012)
D Safety Manual for DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE
Digital Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented
System (SIS) Solutions − 0−20 mA or 0−24 VDC
(D103035X012)
D Safety Manual for DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE
Digital Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented
System (SIS) Solutions − 4−20 mA (D103294X012)
D Supplement to DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE
Digital Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented
System (SIS) Solutions Instruction Manual, Partial
Stroke Test (D103274X012)
D Fisher LCP100 Local Control Panel Instruction
Manual (D103272X012)
D FIELDVUE LC340 Line Conditioner Instruction
Manual (D102797X012)
Specifications
D FIELDVUE HF300 Series HART Filters
Instruction Manual (D102796X012)
WARNING
Refer to table 1-2 for application
specifications. Incorrect configuration
of a positioning instrument could
result in the malfunction of the
product, property damage or personal
injury.
December 2008
D 2530H1 HART Interchange Multiplexer
Instruction Manual (D102237X012)
D ValveLink Software Help or Documentation
All documents are available from your Emerson
Process Management sales office. Also visit our
website at www.FIELDVUE.com.
1-3
DVC6000 SIS
Table 1-2. Specifications
Available Configurations
1
Maximum Span: 9.5 bar (140 psig)
Action: Double, Single direct, and Single reverse
Valve-Mounted Instruments
DVC6010 SIS: Sliding-stem applications
DVC6020 SIS: Rotary and long-stroke sliding-stem
applications [over 102 mm (4 inch) travel]
DVC6030 SIS: Quarter-turn rotary applications
Supply Pressure(3)
Recommended: 1.7 bar (25 psi) or 0.3 bar (5 psi)
plus the maximum actuator requirements,
whichever is higher
Maximum: 10 bar (145 psig) or maximum pressure
rating of the actuator, whichever is lower
Medium: Air
All units can be used in either 4-wire or 2-wire
system installations.
DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers must
have the Safety Instrumented System Application
(SIS) option
Air Quality: Supply pressure must be clean, dry air
that meets the requirements of ISA Standard
7.0.01. Filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size
is recommended. Lubricant content is not to exceed
1 ppm weight (w/w) or volume (v/v) basis.
Condensation in the air supply should be minimized
Remote-Mounted Instrument(1,2)
DVC6005 SIS: Base unit for 2 inch pipestand or
wall mounting
DVC6015: Feedback unit for sliding-stem
applications
DVC6025: Feedback unit for rotary or long-stroke
sliding-stem applications
DVC6035: Feedback unit for quarter-turn rotary
applications
Steady-State Air Consumption(4,5)
Low Bleed Relay
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: Average value
0.056 normal m3/hr (2.1 scfh)
At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Average value
0.184 normal m3/hr (6.9 scfh)
DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers can be
mounted on FisherR and other manufacturers rotary
and sliding-stem actuators
The low bleed relay is the standard relay for
DVC6000 SIS digital valve controllers, used for
On/Off applications. Performance may be affected
in throttling applications.
Input Signal
Point-to-Point:
Analog Input Signal: 4-20 mA DC, nominal
Minimum voltage available at instrument terminals
must be 10.5 VDC for analog control, 11 VDC for
HART communication
Minimum Control Current: 4.0 mA
Minimum Current w/o Microprocessor Restart: 3.5
mA
Maximum Voltage: 30 VDC
Overcurrent Protection: Input circuitry limits current
to prevent internal damage
Reverse Polarity Protection: No damage occurs
from reversal of loop current
Multi-drop:
Instrument Power: 11-30 VDC at approximately
8 mA
Reverse Polarity Protection: No damage occurs
from reversal of loop current
Maximum Output Capacity(4,5)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 10.0 normal
m3/hr (375 scfh)
At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 29.5 normal
m3/hr (1100 scfh)
Independent Linearity(6)
±0.50% of output span
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
Output Signal
Pneumatic signal as required by the actuator, up to
95% of full supply pressure.
Minimum Span: 0.4 bar (6 psig)
Tested per IEC 61326-1 (Edition 1.1). Complies
with European EMC Directive. Meets emission
levels for Class A equipment (industrial locations)
and Class B equipment (domestic locations). Meets
immunity requirements for industrial locations
(Table A.1 in the IEC specification document).
Immunity performance is shown in table 1-3.
Lightning and Surge Protection—The degree of
immunity to lightning is specified as Surge immunity
in table 1-3. For additional surge protection
commercially available transient protection devices
can be used.
−continued−
1-4
December 2008
Introduction and Specifications
Table 1-2. Specifications (continued)
Vibration Testing Method
Tested per ISA-S75.13 Section 5.3.5. A resonant
frequency search is performed on all three axes.
The instrument is subjected to the ISA specified 1/2
hour endurance test at each major resonance, plus
an additional two million cycles.
Pollution Degree 2, Overvoltage Category III per
ANSI/ISA-82.02.01 (IEC 61010-1 Mod).
Electrical Housing: Meets NEMA 4X, CSA Type 4X,
IEC 60529 IP66
Auxiliary Terminal Contact: Nominal Electrical
Rating 5 V, <1 mA; It is recommended that the
switch be sealed or have gold plated contacts to
avoid corrosion.
Input Impedance (Point-to-Point only)
The input impedance of the DVC6000 SIS active
electronic circuit is not purely resistive. For
comparison to resistive load specifications, an
equivalent impedance of 550 ohms may be used.
This value corresponds to 11 V @ 20 mA.
For proper operation of the auxiliary input terminal
capacitance should not exceed 18000pF.
Other Classifications/Certifications
TIIS
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(3)
−40 to 80_C (−40 to 176_F) for most approved
valve-mounted instruments
−60 to 125_C (−76 to 257_F) for remote-mounted
feedback unit(2)
−52 to 80_C (−62 to 176_F) for valve-mounted
instruments utilizing the Extreme Temperature
option (fluorosilicone elastomers)(7)
KISCO
Japan
Korea Industrial Safety Corp.
Russian GOST-R
Russian − Federal Service of
FSETAN Technological, Ecological and Nuclear
Inspectorate
Contact your Emerson Process Management sales
office for classification/certification specific
information
Humidity Limits
0 to 100% condensing relative humidity
Electrical Classification
Hazardous Area:
IEC 61010 Compliance Requirements
(Valve-Mounted Instruments only)
Intrinsic Safety, Explosion proof,
Division 2, Dust-Ignition proof
APPROVED
Power Source: The loop current must be derived
from a Separated Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) power
source.
Environmental Conditions: Installation Category I
Intrinsic Safety, Explosion proof,
Non-incendive, Dust-Ignition proof
ATEX
Intrinsic Safety, Flameproof, Type n
IECEx
Intrinsic Safety, Flameproof, Type n
Connections
Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal and integral
pad for mounting 67CFR regulator
Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal
Tubing: 3/8-inch metal, recommended
Vent: 3/8 NPT internal
Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal conduit connection
Intrinsic Safety, Flameproof
Intrinsic Safety, Flameproof
Stem/Shaft Travel
Refer to Special Instructions for Safe Use and
Installation in Hazardous Locations in Section 2,
tables 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, and 1-9, and figures
C-1, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, C-6, C-7, C-8, C-9, C-10,
and C-11 for specific approval information.
Linear Actuators with rated travel between
6.35 mm (0.25 inch) and 606 mm (23.375 inches)
Rotary Actuators with rated travel between 50
degrees and 180 degrees.
−continued−
December 2008
1-5
1
DVC6000 SIS
Table 1-2. Specifications (continued)
Mounting
1
Designed for direct actuator mounting or remote
pipestand or wall mounting. Mounting the
instrument vertically, with the vent at the bottom of
the assembly, or horizontally, with the vent pointing
down, is recommended to allow drainage of
moisture that may be introduced via the instrument
air supply.
Weight
Valve-Mounted Instruments
Aluminum: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs)
Stainless Steel(8): 7.7 kg (17 lbs)
Remote-Mounted Instruments(2)
DVC6005 SIS Base Unit: 4.1 kg (9 lbs)
DVC6015 Feedback Unit: 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs)
DVC6025 Feedback Unit: 1.4 kg (3.1 lbs)
DVC6035 Feedback Unit: 0.9 kg (2.0 lbs)
Options
J Supply and output pressure gauges or J Tire
valves, J Integral mounted filter regulator,
J Stainless steel housing, module base, and
terminal box(8), J Extreme Temperature(7),
J Beacon Indicator, J LCP100 local control panel
Declaration of SEP
Fisher Controls International LLC declares this
product to be in compliance with Article 3 paragraph
3 of the Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 97 /
23 / EC. It was designed and manufactured in
accordance with Sound Engineering Practice (SEP)
and cannot bear the CE marking related to PED
compliance.
However, the product may bear the CE marking to
indicate compliance with other applicable European
Community Directives.
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 − Process Instrument Terminology.
1. 3-conductor shielded cable, 22 AWG minimum wire size, is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit. Pneumatic tubing between base unit output connection and actuator
has been tested to 15 meters (50 feet) maximum without performance degradation.
2. The remote mount option is available for the DVC6000 SIS with exida approval.
3. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any applicable code or standard should not be exceeded.
4. Values at 1.4 bar (20 psig) based on a single-acting direct relay; values at 5.5 bar (80 psig) based on double-acting relay.
5. Normal m3/hour − Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh − Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia
6. Typical value. Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm (0.75 inch) or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees. Also, not applicable to DVC6020 SIS digital valve controllers in long-stroke
applications.
7. The extreme temperature option is available for the DVC6000 SIS with exida approval.
8. The stainless steel option is available for the DVC6000 SIS with exida approval.
Table 1-3. Electromagnetic Immunity Performance
Performance Criteria(1)
Port
Phenomenon
Test Level
Point-to-Point
Mode
Multi-drop
Mode
A(2)
A
A
A
IEC 61000-4-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with
1 kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8
60 A/m at 50 Hz
A
A
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4
1 kV
A(2)
A
IEC 61000-4-5
1 kV (line to ground only, each)
A(2)
A
IEC 61000-4-6
150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
A
A
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
Enclosure
Basic Standard
I/O signal/control Surge
Conducted RF
Specification limit = $1% of span
1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
2. Excluding auxiliary switch function, which meets Performance Criteria B.
1-6
December 2008
Introduction and Specifications
Table 1-4. Hazardous Area Classifications—CSA (Canada)
Certification
Body
Type
Certification Obtained
(Intrinsic Safety)
Class/Division
Class I,II,III Division 1 GP A,B,C,D,E,
F,G per drawing 29B3428
DVC60x0
DVC60x0S
(x = 1,2,3)
DVC6005
Enclosure
Rating
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
4X
−−−
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
4X
Class I Division 2 GP A,B,C,D
Class II Division 1 GP E,F,G
Class III Division 1
−−−
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
4X
T6(Tamb v 60_C)
4X
Vmax = 30 VDC
Imax = 226 mA
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.55 mH
Voc = 9.6 VDC
Isc = 3.5 mA
Ca = 3.6 μF
La = 100 mH
(Explosion Proof)
Class/Division
Class I Division 1 GP C,D
−−−
T6(Tamb v 60_C)
4X
Class I Division 2 GP A,B,C,D
Class II Division 1 GP E,F,G
Class III Division 1
−−−
T6(Tamb v 60_C)
4X
(Intrinsic Safety)
Class/Division
Class I,II,III Division 1 GP A,B,C,D,
E,F,G per drawing 29B3520
DVC60x5
(x = 1,2,3)
Vmax = 30 VDC
Imax = 226 mA
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.55 mH
Temperature Code
(Explosion Proof)
Class/Division
Class I Division 1 GP B,C,D
(Intrinsic Safety)
Class/Division
Class I,II,III Division 1 GP A,B,C,D,
E,F,G per drawing 29B3520
CSA
Entity Rating
Vmax = 10 VDC
Imax = 4 mA
Ci = 0 nF
Li = 0 mH
1
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
4X
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
(Explosion Proof)
Class/Division
Class I Division 1 GP B,C,D
−−−
Class I Division 2 GP A,B,C,D
Class II Division 1 GP E,F,G
Class III Division 1
−−−
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
4X
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
4X
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
Educational Services
For information on available courses for the DVC6000
SIS Series digital valve controller, as well as a variety
of other products, contact:
Emerson Process Management
Educational Services, Registration
P.O. Box 190; 301 S. 1st Ave.
Marshalltown, IA 50158−2823
Phone: 800−338−8158 or
Phone: 641−754−3771
FAX: 641−754−3431
e-mail: [email protected]
December 2008
1-7
DVC6000 SIS
Table 1-5. Hazardous Area Classifications—FM (United States)
Certification
Body
Type
Certification Obtained
(Intrinsic Safety)
Class/Division
Class I,II,III Division 1 GP A,B,C,D,
E,F,G per drawing 29B3427
1
DVC60x0
DVC60x0S
(x = 1,2,3)
DVC6005
1-8
Enclosure
Rating
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
4X
−−−
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
4X
Class I Division 2 GP A,B,C,D
Class II,III Division 1 GP E,F,G
Class II,III Division 2 GP F,G
−−−
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
4X
T6(Tamb v 60_C)
4X
Vmax = 30 VDC
Imax = 226 mA
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.55 mH
Pi = 1.4 W
Voc = 9.6 VDC
Isc = 3.5 mA
Ca = 3.6 μF
La = 100 mH
Po = 8.4 mW
(Explosion Proof)
Class/Division
Class I Division 1 GP C,D
−−−
T6(Tamb v 60_C)
4X
Class I Division 2 GP A,B,C,D
Class II,III Division 1 GP E,F,G
Class II,III Division 2 GP F,G
−−−
T6(Tamb v 60_C)
4X
(Intrinsic Safety)
Class/Division
Class I,II,III Division 1 GP A,B,C,D,
E,F,G per drawing 29B3521
DVC60x5
(x = 1,2,3)
Vmax = 30 VDC
Imax = 226 mA
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.55 mH
Pi = 1.4 W
Temperature Code
(Explosion Proof)
Class/Division
Class I Division 1 GP B,C,D
(Intrinsic Safety)
Class/Division
Class I,II,III Division 1 GP A,B,C,D,E,
F,G per drawing 29B3521
FM
Entity Rating
Vmax = 10 VDC
Imax = 4 mA
Ci = 0 nF
Li = 0 mH
Pi = 10 mW
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
4X
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
(Explosion Proof)
Class/Division
Class I Division 1 GP A,B,C,D
−−−
Class I Division 2 GP A,B,C,D
Class II,III Division 1 GP E,F,G
Class II,III Division 2 GP F,G
−−−
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
4X
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
4X
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
December 2008
Introduction and Specifications
Table 1-6. Hazardous Area Classifications—ATEX
Certificate
Type
Certification Obtained
II 1 G D
Gas
Ex ia IIC T5/T6—Intrinsic Safety
Dust
Ex iaD 20 T100_C (Tamb v 80_C)
Ex iaD 20 T85_C (Tamb v 75_C)
DVC60x0
DVC60x0S
(x = 1,2,3)
Entity Rating
Ui = 30 VDC
Ii = 226 mA
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.55 mH
Pi = 1.4 W
II 2 G D
Gas
Ex d IIB+H2 T5/T6 —Flameproof
Dust
Temperature Code
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
T6(Tamb v75_C)
−−−
Ex tD A21 IP66 T90_C (Tamb v 85_C)
T5(Tamb v 85_C)
T6(Tamb v 75_C)
Enclosure
Rating
IP66
1
IP66
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80_C (Tamb v 75_C)
II 3 G D
Gas
Ex nCL IIC T5/T6 —Type n
Dust
−−−
Ex tD A22 IP66 T85_C (Tamb v 80_C)
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
T6(Tamb v 75_C)
IP66
Ex tD A22 IP66 T80_C (Tamb v 75_C)
II 1 G D
Gas
Ex ia IIC T5/T6 —Intrinsic Safety
Dust
Ex iaD 20 T100_C (Tamb v 80_C)
Ex iaD 20 T85_C (Tamb v 75_C)
DVC6005
Ui = 30 VDC
Ii = 226 mA
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.55 mH
Pi = 1.4 mW
II 2 G D
Gas
Ex d IIB T5/T6 —Flameproof
Dust
Uo = 9.6 VDC
Io = 3.5 mA
Co = 3.6 uF
Lo = 100 mH
Po = 8.4 mW
−−−
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85_C (Tamb v 80_C)
ATEX
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
T6(Tamb v 75_C)
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
T6(Tamb v 70_C)
IP66
IP66
Ex tD A21 IP66 T75_C (Tamb v 70_C)
II 3 G D
Gas
Ex nL IIC T5/T6 —Type n
Dust
−−−
Ex tD A22 IP66 T85_C (Tamb v 80_C)
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
T6(Tamb v 75_C)
IP66
Ex tD A22 IP66 T80_C (Tamb v 75_C)
II 1 G D
Gas
Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 —Intrinsic Safety
Dust
Ex iaD 20 T135_C (Tamb v 125_C)
Ex iaD 20 T100_C (Tamb v 95_C)
Ui = 10 VDC
Ii = 4 mA
Ci = 0 nF
Li = 0 mH
Pi = 10 mW
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
IP66
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
Ex iaD 20 T85_C (Tamb v 80_C)
DVC60x5
(x = 1,2,3)
II 2 G D
Gas
Ex d IIC T4/T5/T6 —Flameproof
Dust
Ex tD A21 IP66 T130_C (Tamb v 125_C)
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
−−−
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
IP66
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T100_C (Tamb v 95_C)
Ex tD A22 IP66 T85_C (Tamb v 80_C)
II 3 G D
Gas
Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 —Type n
Dust
Ex tD A22 IP66 T130_C (Tamb v 125_C)
Ex tD A22 IP66 T100_C (Tamb v 95_C)
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
−−−
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
IP66
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
Ex tD A22 IP66 T85_C (Tamb v 80_C)
December 2008
1-9
DVC6000 SIS
Table 1-7. Hazardous Area Classifications—IECEx
Certificate
Type
Certification Obtained
Gas
Ex ia IIC T5/T6 —Intrinsic Safety
1
DVC60x0
DVC60x0S
(x = 1,2,3)
DVC6005
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
Gas
Ex nC IIC T5/T6 —Type n
−−−
Ui = 30 VDC
Ii = 226 mA
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.55 mH
Pi = 1.4 W
Temperature Code
Uo = 9.6 VDC
Io = 3.5 mA
Co = 3.6 μF
Lo = 100 mH
Po = 8.4 mW
Gas
Ex d IIB T5/T6 —Flameproof
−−−
Gas
Ex nC IIC T5/T6 —Type n
−−−
Ui = 10 VDC
Ii = 4 mA
Ci = 0 nF
Li = 0 mH
Pi = 10 mW
Enclosure
Rating
IP66
T6(Tamb v 75_C)
−−−
Gas
Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 —Intrinsic Safety
DVC60x5
(x = 1,2,3)
Ui = 30 VDC
Ii = 226 mA
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.55 mH
Pi = 1.4 W
Gas
Ex d IIB+H2 T5/T6 —Flameproof
Gas
Ex ia IIC T5/T6 —Intrinsic Safety
IECEx
Entity Rating
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
IP66
T6 (Tamb v 75_C)
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
IP66
T6 (Tamb v 75_C)
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
IP66
T6(Tamb v 75_C)
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
IP66
T6 (Tamb v 75_C)
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
IP66
T6 (Tamb v 75_C)
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
IP66
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
Gas
Ex d IIC T4/T5/T6 —Flameproof
−−−
IP66
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
T4(Tamb v 125_C)
Gas
Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 —Type n
−−−
IP66
T5(Tamb v 95_C)
T6(Tamb v 80_C)
Table 1-8. Hazardous Area Classifications—NEPSI
Certificate
NEPSI
Type
DVC60x0
(x = 1,2,3)
Certification Obtained
Gas
Ex ia IIC T5/T6 —Intrinsic Safety
Dust
DIP A21 T5
Entity Rating
Ui = 30 V
Ii = 226 mA
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.55 mH
Pi = 1.4 W
Gas
Ex d IIC T5/T6(1) —Flameproof
Dust
DIP A21 T5
Temperature Code
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
IP66
T6(Tamb v 75_C)
−−−
Enclosure
Rating
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
IP66
T6(Tamb v 75_C)
1. Except acetylene.
Table 1-9. Hazardous Area Classifications—INMETRO
Certificate
Type
Certification Obtained
BR−Ex ia IIC T5
INMETRO
DVC60x0
(x = 1,2,3)
BR−Ex d IIB+H2 T6
1-10
Entity Rating
Ui = 30 V
Ii = 180 mA
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.55 mH
Pi = 1.4 W
−−−
Temperature Code
Enclosure
Rating
T5(Tamb v 80_C)
−−−
T6(Tamb v 75_C)
−−−
December 2008
Installation
2-2
Section 2 Installation
Special Instructions for “Safe Use” and
Installations in Hazardous Areas
2
CSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
ATEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
IECEx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4
NEPSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4
INMETRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4
Mounting
DVC6010 SIS on Sliding-Stem Actuators (up to 4 inches travel) . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5
DVC6020 SIS on Long-Stroke Sliding-Stem Actuators
(4 to 24 inches travel) and Rotary Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7
DVC6030 SIS on Quarter-Turn Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-9
Guidelines for Mounting DVC6005 SIS Base Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipestand Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-11
2-12
2-12
DVC6015 on Sliding-Stem Actuators (up to 4 inches travel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-12
DVC6025 on Long-Stroke Sliding-Stem Actuators
(4 to 24 inches travel) and Rotary Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-13
DVC6035 on Quarter-Turn Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-14
67CFR Filter Regulator
Integral-Mounted Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Yoke-Mounted Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Casing-Mounted Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-15
2-16
2-16
Pneumatic Connections
Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-16
Output Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single-Acting Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double-Acting Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-17
2-17
2-18
Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-18
Electrical Connections
4-20 mA Loop Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-20
Remote Travel Sensor Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-20
December 2008
2-1
DVC6000 SIS
Test Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-24
Communication Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-24
Wiring Practices
Logic Solver or Control System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Voltage Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compliance Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-24
2-24
2-25
Maximum Cable Capacitance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-25
Installation in a Safety Instrumented System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-27
Installation in a 4-Wire System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-27
Installation in a 2-Wire System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-28
LCP100 (Local Control Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-32
2-32
2-32
Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-2
December 2008
Installation
CSA
Installation
Special Conditions of Safe Use
WARNING
Avoid personal injury or property
damage from sudden release of
process pressure or bursting of parts.
Before proceeding with any
Installation procedures:
D Always wear protective clothing,
gloves, and eyewear to prevent
personal injury.
D If installing into an existing
application, also refer to the
WARNING at the beginning of the
Maintenance section of this
instruction manual.
D Check with your process or
safety engineer for any additional
measures that must be taken to
protect against process media.
Intrinsic Safety, Explosion proof, Division 2,
Dust-Ignition proof
No special conditions for safe use.
Refer to table 1-4 for approval information, figure C-1
and C-2 for CSA loop schematics, and figure C-3 for
CSA nameplates.
FM
Special Conditions of Safe Use
Intrinsic Safety, Explosion proof, Non-incendive,
Dust-Ignition proof
No special conditions for safe use.
Refer to table 1-5 for approval information, figure C-4
and C-5 for FM loop schematics, and figure C-6 for
FM nameplates.
ATEX
WARNING
To avoid static discharge from the
plastic cover, do not rub or clean the
cover with solvents. To do so could
result in an explosion. Clean with a
mild detergent and water only.
Special Instructions for “Safe Use” and
Installations in Hazardous Locations
Certain nameplates may carry more than one
approval, and each approval may have unique
installation/wiring requirements and/or conditions of
“safe use”. These special instructions for “safe use”
are in addition to, and may override, the standard
installation procedures. Special instructions are listed
by approval.
WARNING
Failure to follow these conditions of
safe use could result in personal
injury or property damage from fire or
explosion, or area re-classification.
December 2008
Special Conditions for Safe Use
Intrinsic Safety, Dust
1. This apparatus can only be connected to an
intrinsically safe certified equipment and this
combination must be compatible as regards the
intrinsically safe rules.
2. The electrical parameters of this equipment must
not exceed any following values:
UOv 30 V; IO v226 mA; POv 1.4 W
3. Operating ambient temperature: −40_C to + 80_C
Refer to table 1-6 for additional approval information,
and figure C-7 for ATEX Intrinsic Safety, Dust
nameplates.
Flameproof, Dust
Operating ambient temperature: −40_C to + 85_C
Refer to table 1-6 for additional approval information,
and figure C-8 for ATEX Flameproof, Dust
nameplates.
ATEX Type n, Dust
Operating ambient temperature: −40_C to + 80_C
Refer to table 1-6 for additional approval information,
and figure C-9 for ATEX Type n, Dust nameplates.
2-3
2
DVC6000 SIS
IECEx
Conditions of Certification
Intrinsic Safety, Type n, Flameproof
Ex ia / Ex d / Ex n
2
1. Warning: Electrostatic charge hazard. Do not
rub or clean with solvents. To do so could result
in an explosion.
6. The values for intrinsically safe parameters of the
controller (Intrinsically safe type) are as follow:
Ui = 30V, Ii = 226mA, Pi = 1.4W, Ci = 5nF,
Li = 0.55mH
7. While the controller forms an intrinsically safe
explosion protection system together with a
corresponding associated equipment safety barrier,
the following requirements must be met: Uo vUi , Io
vIi, Po vPi , Co wCi + Cc, Lo wLi + Lc
EX d / Ex n
Note
2. Do not open while energized.
Refer to table 1-7 for additional approval information,
and figure C-10 for the IECEx nameplates.
NEPSI
Notes for Safe Use of the Certified Product
Intrinsic Safety, Dust and Flameproof, Dust
DVC6000 Series digital valve controllers (designated
as controller hereafter) have been proved to be in
conformity with the requirements specified in the
national standards GB3836.1-2000, GB3836.2-2000,
GB3836.4-2000, and GB12476.1-2000 through
inspections conducted by National Supervision and
Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety
of Instrumentation (NEPSI). The Ex markings for the
products are Ex d II CT5 (acetylene not included),
DIPA21T5 or Ex ia II CT5, DIPA21T5 respectively and
their Ex certificate numbers are GYJ04504 and
GYJ04505. When using the product, the user should
pay attention to the items stated below:
1. The specific product types of approved DVC6000
Series digital valve controllers this time are DVC6010,
DVC6020 and DVC6030.
2. The enclosure of the controller provides a
grounding terminal, and the user should install a
reliable grounding wire connected to it when mounting
and using the controller.
3. The controller’s cable entrance (1/2 NPT) must be
fitted with a cable entry device which is Ex-approved
through inspection of explosion protection, in
conformity with relevant standards of GB3836 and has
a corresponding rating of explosion protection.
4. The maximum operating ambient temperature
range of the controller is −40_C to +80_C.
5. The principle of “Opening equipment’s cover is
allowed only after the power is off ” must be abided by
when using and maintaining the controller in the field.
2-4
Where Cc and Lc represent distributing
capacitance and inductance of the
connecting cable respectively.
8. The safety barrier must be placed at safety
location, and the instruction manuals of both the
product and fitted safety barrier must be followed while
conducting system wiring and using the product; The
connecting cable should be a shield cable with the
area of core section being greater than 0.5mm2 and its
shield (or insulation screen) being grounded at a safe
location and insulated from the product enclosure; The
cable should be routed so that the electro-magnetic
interference can be eliminated as much as possible
and that the cable distributing parameters of
capacitance and inductance can be controlled within
0.06mF/1mH.
9. The user must not be allowed to replace the
internal electric components of the product and
change the condition of system wiring at will and on
his own.
10. The user must follow the relevant rules specified
by the product instruction manual, the “15th Section of
Electric Equipment Used in Explosive Gaseous
Environment: Electric Installation in Hazardous
Locations (except for coal mine)” of GB3836.15-2000
standard, the “Design Code for Electric Power
Installation in Explosive and Fire-hazardous
Environment” of GB50058-1992 standard, and the
“Safety Regulations against dust explosion” of
GB15577-1995 standard while performing installation,
operation, and maintenance for the product.
Refer to table 1-8 for additional approval information,
and figure C-11 for the NEPSI nameplate.
INMETRO
Special Conditions of “Safe Use”
Intrinsic Safety, Flameproof
Refer to table 1-9 for approval information.
Contact your Emerson Process Management sales
office for additional “safe use” information.
December 2008
Installation
CAP SCREW, FLANGED
2
MACHINE SCREW
SHIELD
ADJUSTMENT ARM
CONNECTOR ARM
CAP SCREW
PLAIN WASHER
/
OC
Figure 2-1. FIELDVUE DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Sliding-Stem Actuators with up to 2 Inches Travel
Mounting
Note
DVC6010 SIS on Sliding-Stem Actuators
Up to 102 mm (4 Inches) of Travel
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the
factory mounts the digital valve controller on the
actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the
actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you
purchased the digital valve controller separately, you
will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve
controller on the actuator. See the instructions that
come with the mounting kit for detailed information on
mounting the digital valve controller to a specific
actuator model.
The DVC6010 SIS digital valve controller mounts on
sliding-stem actuators with up to 102 mm (4 inch)
travel. Figure 2-1 shows a typical mounting on an
actuator with up to 51 mm (2 inch) travel. Figure 2-2
shows a typical mounting on actuators with 51 to 102
mm (2 to 4 inch) travel. For actuators with greater than
102 mm (4-inch) travel, see the guidelines for
mounting a DVC6020 SIS digital valve controller.
December 2008
Do not use the stainless steel
DVC6010S SIS in high vibration service
where the mounting bracket uses
standoffs (spacers) to mount to the
actuator.
Refer to the following guidelines when mounting
on sliding-stem actuators with up to 4 inches of
travel. Where a key number is referenced, refer to
figure 8-1.
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line
pressure and release pressure from both sides of the
valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the actuator,
releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use lock-out
procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in
effect while you work on the equipment.
2. Attach the connector arm to the valve stem
connector.
3. Attach the mounting bracket to the digital valve
controller housing.
2-5
DVC6000 SIS
HEX NUT
CAP SCREW, FLANGED
FEEDBACK ARM
EXTENSION,
BIAS SPRING
LOCK WASHER
ADJUSTMENT ARM
SPACER
MACHINE SCREW,
FLAT HEAD
2
HEX NUT, FLANGED
MACHINE SCREW
LOCK WASHER
SHIELD
MACHINE SCREW,
LOCK WASHER,
HEX NUT
PLAIN WASHER
CONNECTOR ARM
Figure 2-2. FIELDVUE DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Sliding-Stem Actuators with 2 to 4 Inches Travel
6. Set the position of the feedback arm (key 79) on
the digital valve controller to the no air position by
inserting the alignment pin (key 46) through the hole
on the feedback arm as follows:
A
D For air-to-open actuators (i.e., the actuator
stem retracts into the actuator casing or cylinder as air
pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases),
insert the alignment pin into the hole marked ‘‘A’’. For
this style actuator, the feedback arm rotates
counterclockwise, from A to B, as air pressure to the
casing or lower cylinder increases.
B
SPRING RELAXED
FEEDBACK ARM
BIAS SPRING
A
B
ADJUSTMENT
ARM PIN
BIAS SPRING
A7209/IL
SPRING UNDER TENSION OF
ADJUSTMENT ARM PIN
Figure 2-3. Locating Adjustment Arm Pin in Feedback Arm
4. If valve travel exceeds 2 inches, a feedback arm
extension is attached to the existing 2-inch feedback
arm. Remove the existing bias spring (key 78) from
the 2-inch feedback arm (key 79). Attach the feedback
arm extension to the feedback arm (key 79) as shown
in figure 2-2.
5. Mount the digital valve controller on the actuator as
described in the mounting kit instructions.
2-6
D For air-to-close actuators (i.e., the actuator
stem extends from the actuator casing or cylinder as
air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases),
insert the alignment pin into the hole marked ‘‘B’’. For
this style actuator, the feedback arm rotates
clockwise, from B to A, as air pressure to the casing or
upper cylinder increases.
Note
When performing the following steps,
ensure there is enough clearance
between the adjustment arm and the
feedback arm to prevent interference
with the bias spring.
7. Apply anti-seize (key 64) to the pin of the
adjustment arm. As shown in figure 2-3, place the pin
into the slot of the feedback arm or feedback arm
extension so that the bias spring loads the pin against
the side of the arm with the valve travel markings.
December 2008
Installation
CAM/ROLLER POSITION MARK
LOCK WASHER
CAP SCREW
CAP SCREW, HEX
SOCKET
A
PLAIN WASHER
HEX NUT
2
STUD, CONT
THREAD
CAM
MOUNTING PLATE
VENT
STUD, CONT THREAD
HEX NUT
29B1665-B / DOC
VENT ADAPTOR
A
PLAIN WASHER
SECTION A‐A
SPACER
Figure 2-4. FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Long-Stroke Sliding-Stem Actuator.
8. Install the external lock washer on the adjustment
arm. Position the adjustment arm in the slot of the
connector arm and loosely install the flanged hex nut.
9. Slide the adjustment arm pin in the slot of the
connector arm until the pin is in line with the desired
valve travel marking. Tighten the flanged hex nut.
Note
All cams supplied with FIELDVUE
mounting kits are characterized to
provide a linear response.
10. Remove the alignment pin (key 46) and store it in
the module base next to the I/P assembly.
11. After calibrating the instrument, attach the shield
with two machine screws.
Note
Do not use the stainless steel
DVC6020S SIS in high vibration service
where the mounting bracket uses
standoffs (spacers) to mount to the
actuator.
DVC6020 SIS on Long-Stroke (4 to 24
Inch Travel) Sliding-Stem Actuators and
Rotary Actuators
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the
factory mounts the digital valve controller on the
actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the
actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you
purchased the digital valve controller separately, you
will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve
controller on the actuator. See the instructions that
come with the mounting kit for detailed information on
mounting the digital valve controller to a specific
actuator model.
December 2008
DVC6020 SIS digital valve controllers use a cam
(designed for linear response) and roller as the
feedback mechanism. Figure 2-4 shows an example of
mounting on sliding-stem actuators with travels from 4
inches to 24 inches. Some long-stroke applications will
require an actuator with a tapped lower yoke boss.
Figures 2-5 and 2-6 show the DVC6020 SIS mounted
on rotary actuators.
As shown in figure 2-5, two feedback arms are
available for the digital valve controller. Most
long-stroke sliding-stem and rotary actuator
installations use the long feedback arm [62 mm
2-7
DVC6000 SIS
MACHINE SCREW
MOUNTING ADAPTOR
CAP SCREW, HEX SOCKET
CAP SCREW,
HEX SOCKET
2
CAM
29B1672-A / DOC
MACHINE SCREW
CAM
29B2094-A / DOC
TYPICAL MOUNTING WITH SHORT FEEDBACK ARM
(FISHER 1052 SIZE 33 ACTUATOR SHOWN)
TYPICAL MOUNTING WITH LONG FEEDBACK ARM
(FISHER 1061 SIZE 30-68 ACTUATOR SHOWN)
Figure 2-5. FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Rotary Actuator
(2.45 inches) from roller to pivot point]. Installations on
Fisher 1051 size 33 and 1052 size 20 and 33
actuators use the short feedback arm [54 mm (2.13
inches) from roller to pivot point]. Make sure the
correct feedback arm is installed on the digital valve
controller before beginning the mounting procedure.
FOLLOWER ARM
EXTENSION
MACHINE SCREW,
LOCK WASHER,
HEX NUT
Refer to figures 2-4, 2-5, and 2-6 for parts locations.
Also, where a key number is referenced, refer to figure
8-2. Refer to the following guidelines when mounting
on sliding-stem actuators with 4 to 24 inches of travel
or on rotary actuators:
CAP SCREW,
HEX SOCKET
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line
pressure and release pressure from both sides of the
valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the
pneumatic actuator, releasing all pressure from the
actuator. Use lock-out procedures to be sure that the
above measures stay in effect while working on the
equipment.
2. If a cam is not already installed on the actuator,
install the cam as described in the instructions
included with the mounting kit. For sliding-stem
actuators, the cam is installed on the stem connector.
3. If a mounting plate is required, fasten the mounting
plate to the actuator.
4. For applications that require remote venting, a
pipe-away bracket kit is available. Follow the
instructions included with the kit to replace the existing
mounting bracket on the digital valve controller with
the pipe-away bracket and to transfer the feedback
parts from the existing mounting bracket to the
pipe-away bracket.
2-8
CAP SCREW
29B1673-A / DOC
CAM
Figure 2-6. FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller with
Long Feedback Arm and Follower Arm Extension Mounted on a
Rotary Actuator
5. Larger size actuators may require a follower arm
extension, as shown in figure 2-6. If required, the
follower arm extension is included in the mounting kit.
Follow the instructions included with the mounting kit
to install the follower arm extension.
6. Apply anti-seize (key 64) to the pin of the
adjustment arm as shown in figure 2-7.
December 2008
Installation
MOUNTING
ADAPTER
MOUNTING
BRACKET
Figure 2-8 shows the DVC6030 SIS digital valve
controller mounted on a quarter-turn actuator. Refer to
figure 2-8 for parts locations. Refer to the following
guidelines when mounting on quarter-turn actuators:
BIAS SPRING
ARM ASSEMBLY PIN
ARM ASSEMBLY
FEEDBACK
ARM ASSEMBLY
Figure 2-7. Locating Adjustment Arm Pin in Feedback Arm of a
FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller
7. Mount the DVC6020 SIS on the actuator as
follows:
D If required, a mounting adaptor is included in the
mounting kit. Attach the adaptor to the actuator as
shown in figure 2-5. Then attach the digital valve
controller assembly to the adaptor. The roller on the
digital valve controller feedback arm will contact the
actuator cam as it is being attached.
D If no mounting adaptor is required, attach the
digital valve controller assembly to the actuator or
mounting plate. The roller on the digital valve
controller feedback arm will contact the actuator cam
as it is being attached.
8. For long-stroke sliding-stem actuators, after the
mounting is complete, check to be sure the roller
aligns with the position mark on the cam (see
figure 2-4). If necessary, reposition the cam to attain
alignment.
DVC6030 SIS on Quarter-Turn Actuators
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the
factory mounts the digital valve controller on the
actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the
actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you
purchased the digital valve controller separately, you
will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve
controller on the actuator. See the instructions that
come with the mounting kit for detailed information on
mounting the digital valve controller to a specific
actuator model.
December 2008
2
Note
Due to NAMUR mounting limitations,
do not use the stainless steel
DVC6030S SIS in high vibration service.
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line
pressure and release pressure from both sides of the
valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic
actuator, releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use
lock-out procedures to be sure that the above
measures stay in effect while working on the
equipment.
2. If necessary, remove the existing hub from the
actuator shaft.
3. If a positioner plate is required, attach the
positioner plate to the actuator as described in the
mounting kit instructions.
4. If required, attach the spacer to the actuator shaft.
Refer to figures 2-9 and 2-10. The travel indicator
assembly can have a starting position of 7:30 or
10:30. Determine the desired starting position then
proceed with the next step. Considering the top of the
digital valve controller as the 12 o’clock position, in the
next step attach the travel indicator, so that the pin is
positioned as follows:
D If increasing pressure from the digital valve
controller output A rotates the potentiometer shaft
clockwise (as viewed from the back of the
instrument), mount the travel indicator assembly such
that the arrow is in the 10:30 position, as shown in
figure 2-9.
D If increasing pressure from the digital valve
controller output A rotates the potentiometer shaft
counterclockwise (as viewed from the back of the
instrument), mount the travel indicator assembly such
that the arrow is in the 7:30 position, as shown in
figure 2-10.
2-9
DVC6000 SIS
MOUNTING BRACKET
FEEDBACK ARM
TRAVEL
INDICATOR PIN
2
29B1703-A / DOC
SPACER
TRAVEL INDICATOR
19B3879−A / DOC
Figure 2-8. Mounting a FIELDVUE DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller on a Rotary Actuator (1032 Size 425A Shown)
STARTING POSITION OF TRAVEL
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY (DIGITAL
VALVE CONTROLLER OUTPUT A
AT 0 PSI. )
IN THIS POSITION, THE “B” HOLE
IN THE FEEDBACK ARM WILL BE
ALIGNED WITH THE REFERENCE
HOLE IN THE DIGITAL VALVE
CONTROLLERS HOUSING.
E0989 / DOC
DVC6030 SIS FEEDBACK
ARM MOVEMENT
MOVEMENT OF TRAVEL
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY WITH
INCREASING PRESSURE FROM
OUTPUT A.
ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT
STARTING POSITION OF THE ACTUATOR TRAVEL
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE
FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR
COUNTERCLOCKWISE (THE POTENTIOMETER
SHAFT WILL ROTATE CLOCKWISE AS VIEWED
FROM THE BACK OF THE FIELDVUE INSTRUMENT)
19B3879-A / DOC-1
Figure 2-9. Explanation of Travel Indicator Starting Position and Movement, if Clockwise Orientation is Selected for
“Travel Sensor Motion” in ValveLink Software or the 375 Field Communicator
2-10
December 2008
Installation
MOVEMENT OF TRAVEL
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY WITH
INCREASING PRESSURE FROM
OUTPUT A.
E0989
2
DVC6030 SIS FEEDBACK
ARM MOVEMENT
19B3879-A / DOC-2
STARTING POSITION OF
TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY
(DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
OUTPUT A AT 0 PSI).
IN THIS POSITION, THE “A” HOLE
IN THE FEEDBACK ARM WILL BE
ALIGNED WITH THE REFERENCE
HOLE IN THE DIGITAL VALVE
CONTROLLERS HOUSING.
ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT
STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL INDICATOR
ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM
OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR CLOCKWISE
THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE
COUNTERCLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM THE
BACK OF THE FIELDVUE INSTRUMENT.
Figure 2-10. Explanation of Travel Indicator Starting Position and Movement if Counterclockwise Orientation is Selected for
“Travel Sensor Motion” in ValveLink Software or the 375 Field Communicator
Note
HOLE A
HOLE B
ValveLink Software and the 375 Field
Communicator use the convention of
clockwise (figure 2-9) and
counterclockwise (figure 2-10) when
viewing the potentiometer shaft from
the back of the FIELDVUE instrument.
5. Attach the travel indicator, to the shaft connector or
spacer as described in the mounting kit instructions.
6. Attach the mounting bracket to the digital valve
controller.
TRAVEL
INDICATOR PIN
48B4164-B / DOC
FEEDBACK ARM
BIAS SPRING
Figure 2-11. Positioning Travel Indicator Pin in the Feedback Arm
(Viewed as if Looking from the FIELDVUE DVC6030 SIS toward
the Actuator)
7. Position the digital valve controller so that the pin
on the travel indicator engages the slot in the feedback
arm and the bias spring loads the pin as shown in
figure 2-11. Attach the digital valve controller to the
actuator or positioner plate.
Guidelines for Mounting the DVC6005
SIS Base Unit
8. If a travel indicator scale is included in the
mounting kit, attach the scale as described in the
mounting kit instructions.
For remote-mounted digital valve controllers, the
DVC6005 SIS base unit ships separately from the
control valve and does not include tubing, fittings or
wiring.
December 2008
2-11
DVC6000 SIS
SPACER
1-INCH 1/4-20
HEX HEAD SCREW
2
10C1796-A / Doc
MOUNTING BRACKET
W8473 / IL
WALL MOUNTING
Figure 2-12. FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Base Unit with Mounting
Bracket (Rear View)
See the instructions that come with the mounting kit
for detailed information on mounting the digital valve
controller to a specific actuator model.
For remote-mounted instruments, mount the DVC6005
SIS base unit on a 50.8 mm (2 inch) pipestand or wall.
The included bracket is used for either mounting
method.
Wall Mounting
Refer to figures 2-12 and 2-13. Drill two holes in the
wall using the dimensions shown in figure 2-12. Attach
the mounting bracket to the base unit using four
spacers and 25.4 mm (1-inch) 1/4-20 hex head
screws. Attach the base unit to the wall using suitable
screws or bolts.
Pipestand Mounting
Refer to figure 2-13. Position a standoff on the back of
the base unit. Using two 101.6 mm (4-inch) 1/4-20 hex
head screws loosely attach the base unit to the
pipestand with the mounting bracket. Position the
second standoff, then using the remaining 101.6 mm
(4-inch) hex head screws, securely fasten the base
unit to the pipe stand.
DVC6015 on Sliding-Stem Actuators Up
to 102 mm (4 Inches) of Travel
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the
factory mounts the digital valve controller on the
actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the
actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you
purchased the digital valve controller separately, you
will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve
controller on the actuator. See the instructions that
2-12
STANDOFF
4-INCH 1/4-20
HEX HEAD SCREW
MOUNTING BRACKET
W8474 / IL
PIPESTAND MOUNTING
Figure 2-13. FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS
Base Unit Mounting
come with the mounting kit for detailed information on
mounting the digital valve controller to a specific
actuator model.
Note
Refer to Guidelines for Mounting the
DVC6005 SIS Base Unit on page 2-11
when installing a DVC6015 remote
feedback unit.
The DVC6015 remote feedback unit mounts on
sliding-stem actuators with up to 102 mm (4-inch)
December 2008
Installation
travel. Figure 2-1 shows a typical mounting on an
actuator with up to 51 mm (2 inch) travel. Figure 2-2
shows a typical mounting on actuators with 51 to 102
mm (2 to 4 inch) travel. For actuators with greater than
102 mm (4 inch) travel, see the guidelines for
mounting a DVC6025 remote feedback unit.
Note
While the housing differs on the
DVC6015 and the DVC6010 SIS,
feedback parts are the same.
Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on
sliding-stem actuators with up to 4 inches of travel.
Where a key number is referenced, figure 8-6.
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line
pressure and release pressure from both sides of the
valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the actuator,
releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use lock-out
procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in
effect while you work on the equipment.
2. Attach the connector arm to the valve stem
connector.
3. Attach the mounting bracket to the digital valve
controller housing.
4. If valve travel exceeds 2 inches, a feedback arm
extension is attached to the existing 2-inch feedback
arm. Remove the existing bias spring (key 78) from
the 2-inch feedback arm (key 79). Attach the feedback
arm extension to the feedback arm (key 79) as shown
in figure 2-2.
5. Mount the digital valve controller on the actuator as
described in the mounting kit instructions.
6. Set the position of the feedback arm (key 79) on
the digital valve controller to the no air position by
inserting the alignment pin (key 46) through the hole
on the feedback arm as follows:
D For air-to-open actuators (i.e., the actuator
stem retracts into the actuator casing or cylinder as air
pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases),
insert the alignment pin into the hole marked ‘‘A’’. For
this style actuator, the feedback arm rotates
counterclockwise, from A to B, as air pressure to the
casing or lower cylinder increases.
D For air-to-close actuators (i.e., the actuator
stem extends from the actuator casing or cylinder as
air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases),
insert the alignment pin into the hole marked ‘‘B’’. For
this style actuator, the feedback arm rotates
December 2008
clockwise, from B to A, as air pressure to the casing or
upper cylinder increases.
Note
When performing the following steps,
ensure there is enough clearance
between the adjustment arm and the
feedback arm to prevent interference
with the bias spring.
2
7. Apply anti-seize (key 64) to the pin of the
adjustment arm. As shown in figure 2-3, place the pin
into the slot of the feedback arm or feedback arm
extension so that the bias spring loads the pin against
the side of the arm with the valve travel markings.
8. Install the external lock washer on the adjustment
arm. Position the adjustment arm in the slot of the
connector arm and loosely install the flanged hex nut.
9. Slide the adjustment arm pin in the slot of the
connector arm until the pin is in line with the desired
valve travel marking. Tighten the flanged hex nut.
10. Remove the alignment pin (key 46) and store it in
the module base next to the I/P assembly.
11. After calibrating the instrument, attach the shield
with two machine screws.
DVC6025 on Long-Stroke (4 to 24 Inch
Travel) Sliding-Stem Actuators and
Rotary Actuators
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the
factory mounts the digital valve controller on the
actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the
actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you
purchased the digital valve controller separately, you
will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve
controller on the actuator. See the instructions that
come with the mounting kit for detailed information on
mounting the digital valve controller to a specific
actuator model.
Note
Refer to Guidelines for Mounting the
DVC6005 SIS Base Unit on page 2-11
when installing a DVC6025 remote
feedback unit.
2-13
DVC6000 SIS
DVC6025 remote feedback units use a cam and roller
as the feedback mechanism. Figure 2-4 shows an
example of mounting on sliding-stem actuators with
travels from 4 inches to 24 inches. Some long-stroke
applications will require an actuator with a tapped
lower yoke boss. Figures 2-5 and 2-6 show examples
of mounting on rotary actuators.
5. Larger size actuators may require a follower arm
extension, as shown in figure 2-6. If required, the
follower arm extension is included in the mounting kit.
Follow the instructions included with the mounting kit
to install the follower arm extension.
6. Apply anti-seize (key 64) to the pin of the
adjustment arm as shown in figure 2-7.
7. Mount the DVC6025 on the actuator as follows:
2
Note
While the housing differs on the
DVC6025 and the DVC6020 SIS,
feedback parts are the same.
As shown in figure 2-5, two feedback arms are
available for the digital valve controller. Most
long-stroke sliding-stem and rotary actuator
installations use the long feedback arm [62 mm (2.45
inches) from roller to pivot point]. Installations on 1051
size 33 and 1052 size 20 and 33 actuators use the
short feedback arm [54 mm (2.13 inches) from roller to
pivot point]. Make sure the correct feedback arm is
installed on the digital valve controller before
beginning the mounting procedure.
Refer to figures 2-4, 2-5, and 2-6 for parts locations.
Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on
sliding-stem actuators with 4 to 24 inches of travel or
on rotary actuators:
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line
pressure and release pressure from both sides of the
valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the
pneumatic actuator, releasing all pressure from the
actuator. Use lock-out procedures to be sure that the
above measures stay in effect while working on the
equipment.
2. If a cam is not already installed on the actuator,
install the cam as described in the instructions
included with the mounting kit. For sliding-stem
actuators, the cam is installed on the stem connector.
3. If a mounting plate is required, fasten the mounting
plate to the actuator.
4. For applications that require remote venting, a
pipe-away bracket kit is available. Follow the
instructions included with the kit to replace the existing
mounting bracket on the digital valve controller with
the pipe-away bracket and to transfer the feedback
parts from the existing mounting bracket to the
pipe-away bracket.
2-14
D If required, a mounting adaptor is included in the
mounting kit. Attach the adaptor to the actuator as
shown in figure 2-5. Then attach the digital valve
controller assembly to the adaptor. The roller on the
digital valve controller feedback arm will contact the
actuator cam as it is being attached.
D If no mounting adaptor is required, attach the
digital valve controller assembly to the actuator or
mounting plate. The roller on the digital valve
controller feedback arm will contact the actuator cam
as it is being attached.
8. For long-stroke sliding-stem actuators, after the
mounting is complete, check to be sure the roller
aligns with the position mark on the cam (see
figure 2-4). If necessary, reposition the cam to attain
alignment.
DVC6035 on Quarter-Turn Actuators
If ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the
factory mounts the digital valve controller on the
actuator, makes pneumatic connections to the
actuator, sets up, and calibrates the instrument. If you
purchased the digital valve controller separately, you
will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve
controller on the actuator. See the instructions that
come with the mounting kit for detailed information on
mounting the digital valve controller to a specific
actuator model.
Note
Refer to Guidelines for Mounting the
DVC6005 SIS Base Unit on page 2-11
when installing a DVC6035 remote
feedback unit.
Figure 2-8 shows an example of mounting on a
quarter-turn actuator. Refer to figure 2-8 for parts
locations. Refer to the following guidelines when
mounting on quarter-turn actuators:
December 2008
Installation
Note
While the housing differs on the
DVC6035 and the DVC6030 SIS,
feedback parts are the same.
DVC6035
FEEDBACK ARM
MOVEMENT
DVC6035
FEEDBACK ARM
MOVEMENT
E0989
49B7988 / Doc
2
1. Isolate the control valve from the process line
pressure and release pressure from both sides of the
valve body. Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic
actuator, releasing all pressure from the actuator. Use
lock-out procedures to be sure that the above
measures stay in effect while working on the
equipment.
2. If necessary, remove the existing hub from the
actuator shaft.
3. If a positioner plate is required, attach the
positioner plate to the actuator as described in the
mounting kit instructions.
4. If required, attach the spacer to the actuator shaft.
Refer to figure 2-14. The travel indicator assembly can
have a starting position of 7:30 or 10:30. Determine
the desired starting position then proceed with the next
step. Considering the top of the remote travel sensor
as the 12 o’clock position, in the next step attach the
travel indicator, so that the pin is positioned as follows:
D If increasing pressure from the digital valve
controller output A rotates the digital valve
controllers potentiometer shaft counterclockwise
(as viewed from the back of the instrument), mount
the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in
the 7:30 position, as shown in figures 2-10 and 2-14.
D If increasing pressure from the digital valve
controller output A rotates the digital valve
controllers potentiometer shaft clockwise (as
viewed from the back of the instrument), mount the
travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the
10:30 position, as shown in figures 2-9 and 2-14.
Note
AMS ValveLink Software and the 375
Field Communicator use the
convention of clockwise (figure 2-9)
and counterclockwise (figure 2-10)
when viewing the potentiometer shaft
from the back of the FIELDVUE
instrument.
December 2008
ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT
STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING
PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES
THE INDICATOR CLOCKWISE. THE
POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE
COUNTERCLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM
THE BACK OF THE INSTRUMENT.
ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT
STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING
PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES
THE INDICATOR COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL
ROTATE CLOCKWISE AS VIEWED
FROM THE BACK OF THE INSTRUMENT
Figure 2-14. FIELDVUE DVC6035 Travel Indicator Installation
5. Attach the travel indicator, to the shaft connector or
spacer as described in the mounting kit instructions.
6. Attach the mounting bracket to the digital valve
controller.
7. Position the digital valve controller so that the pin
on the travel indicator engages the slot in the feedback
arm and the bias spring loads the pin as shown in
figure 2-11. Attach the digital valve controller to the
actuator or positioner plate.
8. If a travel indicator scale is included in the
mounting kit, attach the scale as described in the
mounting kit instructions.
Mounting the 67CFR Filter Regulator
A 67CFR filter regulator, when used with the DVC6000
SIS digital valve controllers, can be mounted three
ways.
Integral-Mounted Regulator
Refer to figure 2-15. Lubricate an O-ring and insert it
in the recess around the SUPPLY connection on the
digital valve controller. Attach the 67CFR filter
regulator to the side of the digital valve controller.
Thread a 1/4-inch socket-head pipe plug into the
unused outlet on the filter regulator. This is the
standard method of mounting the filter regulator.
2-15
DVC6000 SIS
67CFR REGULATOR
2
CAP SCREWS
NOTE:
APPLY LUBRICANT
1
W8077-1 SIS
O-RING
1
SUPPLY CONNECTION
Figure 2-15. Mounting the Fisher 67CFR Regulator on a FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller
Yoke-Mounted Regulator
Mount the filter regulator with 2 cap screws to the
pre-drilled and tapped holes in the actuator yoke.
Thread a 1/4-inch socket-head pipe plug into the
unused outlet on the filter regulator. The O-ring is not
required.
Casing-Mounted Regulator
Use the separate 67CFR filter regulator casing
mounting bracket provided with the filter regulator.
Attach the mounting bracket to the 67CFR and then
attach this assembly to the actuator casing. Thread a
1/4-inch socket-head pipe plug into the unused outlet
on the filter regulator. The O-ring is not required.
Pressure Connections
Note
Make pressure connections to the
digital valve controller using tubing
with at least 3/8-inch diameter.
Pressure connections are shown in figure 2-16. All
pressure connections on the digital valve controller are
1/4 NPT internal connections. Use 10 mm (3/8-inch)
tubing for all pneumatic connections. If remote venting
is required, refer to the vent subsection.
2-16
Supply Connections
WARNING
To avoid personal injury and property
damage resulting from bursting of
parts, do not exceed maximum supply
pressure.
WARNING
Severe personal injury or property
damage may occur from an
uncontrolled process if the
instrument air supply is not clean, dry
and oil-free. While use and regular
maintenance of a filter that removes
particles larger than 40 microns in
diameter will suffice in most
applications, check with an Emerson
Process Management field office and
industry instrument air quality
standards for use with corrosive air or
if you are unsure about the proper
amount or method of air filtration or
filter maintenance.
Supply pressure must be clean, dry air that meets the
requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01. Filtration down
to 5 micrometer particle size is recommended.
Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight (w/w)
or volume (v/v) basis. Condensation in the air supply
should be minimized.
December 2008
Installation
For additional information on air quality refer to the
appropriate safety manual:
D Safety Manual for DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE
Digital Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented
System (SIS) Solutions 0−20 mA or 0−24 VDC
(D103035X012) or
LOOP CONNECTIONS
TERMINAL BOX
1/2 NPT
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
2
D Safety Manual for DVC6000 Series FIELDVUE
Digital Valve Controllers for Safety Instrumented
System (SIS) Solutions 4−20 mA (D103294X012)
A 67CFR filter regulator with standard 5 micron filter,
or equivalent, may be used to filter and regulate
supply air. A filter regulator can be integrally mounted
onto the side of the digital valve controller, casing
mounted separate from the digital valve controller, or
mounted on the actuator mounting boss. Supply and
output pressure gauges may be supplied on the digital
valve controller. The output pressure gauges can be
used as an aid for calibration.
Connect the nearest suitable supply source to the
1/4 NPT IN connection on the filter regulator (if
furnished) or to the 1/4 NPT SUPPLY connection on
the digital valve controller housing (if 67CFR filter
regulator is not attached).
FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS
TERMINAL BOX
W8371-1 SIS
DVC6005 SIS BASE UNIT
Output Connections
1/2 NPT
CONDUIT
CONNECTIONS
(BOTH SIDES)
A factory mounted digital valve controller has its
output piped to the pneumatic input connection on the
actuator. If mounting the digital valve controller in the
field, connect the 1/4 NPT digital valve controller
output connections to the pneumatic actuator input
connections.
OUTPUT A
CONNECTION
SUPPLY
CONNECTION
Single-Acting Actuators
When using a single-acting direct digital valve
controller (relay A or C) on a single-acting actuator
always connect OUTPUT A to the actuator pneumatic
input. Only when using relay C in the special
application (i.e. solenoid health monitoring) do you
need to connect OUTPUT B to the monitoring line.
When using a single-acting reverse digital valve
controller (relay B) on a single-acting actuator always
connect OUTPUT B to the actuator pneumatic input.
Only when using relay type B in the special application
(i.e. solenoid health monitoring) do you need to
connect OUTPUT A to the monitoring line.
December 2008
OUTPUT B
CONNECTION
W7963 SIS
NOTE:
PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS APPLICABLE TO BOTH VALVE-MOUNTED
INSTRUMENTS AND DVC6005 SIS BASE UNIT.
Figure 2-16. FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Digital Valve Controller
Connections
2-17
DVC6000 SIS
monitor the health of the solenoid valve test, which is
initiated by the Logic Solver. This is accomplished by
connecting the unused output port B from the
DVC6000 SIS to the pneumatic monitoring line
between the solenoid valve and the actuator, as
shown in figure 2-18. When single-acting, direct relay
C is installed, the “unused” output port is port B. When
single-acting, reverse relay B is used, the unused port
is port A.
2
Note
This application is called “special
application” in the Setup Wizard relay
selection.
This configuration is not possible with
a double-acting actuator or when
using relay A in single-acting mode.
W9131-1 SIS
Figure 2-17. FIELDVUE DVC6010 SIS Mounted
on a Fisher 585C Piston Actuator
Vent
Double-Acting Actuators
DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controllers on
double-acting actuators always use relay A. When the
relay adjustment disc is properly set, OUTPUT A will
vent to the atmosphere and OUTPUT B will fill to
supply pressure when power is removed from the
positioner.
For example, to have the actuator stem extend from
the cylinder with increasing input current on a vertically
mounted sliding-stem valve with a piston actuator,
connect OUTPUT A to the upper actuator cylinder
connection and connect OUTPUT B to the lower
cylinder connection. Figure 2-17 shows a digital valve
controller connected to a double-acting piston actuator
that will extend the stem with increasing input current.
To have the actuator stem retract into the cylinder with
increasing input current, connect OUTPUT A to the
lower cylinder connection and OUTPUT B to the upper
cylinder connection.
Special Construction to Support Logic
Solver Initiated Solenoid Valve Health
Monitoring
In single-acting actuator applications with a solenoid
valve installed, the DVC6000 SIS can be configured to
2-18
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage
can occur from cover failure due to
overpressure. Ensure that the
housing vent opening is open and
free of debris to prevent pressure
buildup under the cover.
The relay output constantly bleeds supply air into the
area under the cover. The vent opening at the back of
the housing should be left open to prevent pressure
buildup under the cover. If a remote vent is required,
the vent line must be as short as possible with a
minimum number of bends and elbows.
To connect a remote vent to DVC6010 SIS and
DVC6030 SIS digital valve controllers and
DVC6005 SIS base unit— remove the plastic vent
(key 52, figure 8-1). The vent connection is 3/8 NPT
internal. At a minimum, 12.7 mm (1/2-inch) tubing
should be used when installing a remote vent to
prevent excessive pressure from building up under the
cover.
December 2008
Installation
24/48 VDC
110/220 VAC, etc.
CONTROL SIGNAL
(4−20 mA, 0−20 mA,
0−24 VDC)
CONTROL LINE
Port A
2
Port B
DVC6000 SIS DIGITAL VALVE
CONTROLLER WITH RELAY C
SUPPLY PRESSURE
MONITORING LINE
E1048
SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR
Figure 2-18. Pneumatic Hookup for Solenoid Testing
To connect a remote vent to DVC6020 SIS digital
valve controllers— Replace the standard mounting
bracket (key 74, figure 8-2) with the vent-away bracket
(key 74). Install a pipe plug in the vent-away mounting
bracket (key 74). Mount the digital valve controller on
the actuator as described in the Installation section of
this manual. The vent connection is 3/8 NPT internal.
At a minimum, 12.7 mm (1/2-inch) tubing should be
used when installing a remote vent to prevent
excessive pressure from building up under the cover.
Electrical Connections
WARNING
Select wiring and/or cable glands that
are rated for the environment of use
(such as hazardous area, ingress
protection, and temperature). Failure
to use properly rated wiring and/or
cable glands can result in personal
injury or property damage from fire or
explosion.
Wiring connections must be in
accordance with local, regional, and
national codes for any given
hazardous area approval. Failure to
follow the local, regional, and national
codes could result in personal injury
or property damage from fire or
explosion
WARNING
Refer to the Installation WARNING at
the beginning of this section.
To avoid personal injury resulting
from electrical shock, do not exceed
the maximum input voltage specified
in table 1-2 of this instruction manual,
or on the product nameplate. If the
input voltage specified differs, do not
exceed the lowest specified maximum
input voltage.
December 2008
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or property
damage caused by fire or explosion,
remove power to the instrument
before removing the terminal box
cover in an area which contains a
potentially explosive atmosphere or
has been classified as hazardous.
2-19
DVC6000 SIS
4-20 mA Loop Connections
The digital valve controller is normally powered by a
control system output card. The use of shielded cable
will ensure proper operation in electrically noisy
environments.
SAFETY GROUND
TALK−
TALK+
WARNING
2
To avoid personal injury or property
damage from the sudden release of
process pressure, be sure the valve is
not controlling the process. The valve
may move when the source is applied.
EARTH GROUND
Wire the digital valve controller as follows: (unless
indicated otherwise, refer to figures 8-1 through 8-3 for
identification of parts).
1. Remove the terminal box cap (key 4) from the
terminal box (key 3).
2. Bring the field wiring into the terminal box. When
applicable, install conduit using local and national
electrical codes which apply to the application.
3. Refer to figure 2-19. Connect the control system
output card positive wire ‘‘current output’’ to the LOOP
+ screw terminal in the terminal box. Connect the
control system output card negative (or return) wire to
the LOOP − screw terminal.
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage,
caused by fire or explosion, can
result from the discharge of static
electricity. Connect a 14 AWG
(2.08 mm2) ground strap between
the digital valve controller and earth
ground when flammable or
hazardous gases are present. Refer
to national and local codes and
standards for grounding
requirements.
To avoid static discharge from the
plastic cover, do not rub or clean
the cover with solvents. Clean with
a mild detergent and water only.
4. As shown in figure 2-19, two ground terminals are
available for connecting a safety ground, earth ground,
or drain wire. These ground terminals are
2-20
LOOP+
39B3399-B Sheet 2
LOOP−
Figure 2-19. FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve
Controller Terminal Box
electrically identical. Make connections to these
terminals following national and local codes and plant
standards.
5. Replace and hand tighten the terminal box cap.
When the loop is ready for startup, apply power to the
control system output card.
Note
When the DVC6000 SIS is operating
under normal conditions at 4 mA (trip
condition is 20 mA) be sure to apply
no less than 4 mA.
Remote Travel Sensor Connections
The DVC6005 SIS base unit is designed to receive
travel information via a remote sensor. The remote
sensor can be any of the following:
D Emerson Process Management supplied
DVC6015, DVC6025 or DVC6035 feedback unit,
D An under-traveled 10 kOhm potentiometer used
in conjunction with onboard 30 kOhm resistor, or
D A potentiometer used in conjunction with two
fixed resistors (potentiometer travel is the same as
actuator travel).
December 2008
Installation
FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS
TERMINAL BOX
2
W8477 / IL
W8475-SIS
GROUND
SCREW
BASE UNIT
FEEDBACK UNIT
TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 3
TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 2
TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 1
TERMINAL 1
TERMINAL 2
TERMINAL 3
W8476 / IL
W8478-1 / IL
FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX
FEEDBACK UNIT
Figure 2-20. Terminal Details for Connecting Base Unit and Feedback Units of Remote-Mounted Digital Valve Controllers
Note
3-conductor shielded cable, 22 AWG
minimum wire size, is required for
connection between base unit and
feedback unit. Pneumatic tubing
between base unit output connection
and actuator has been tested to 15
meters (50 feet) maximum without
performance degradation.
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage,
caused by wiring failure, can result if
the feedback wiring connecting the
base unit with the remote feedback
unit shares a conduit with any other
power or signal wiring.
December 2008
Do not place feedback wiring in the
same conduit as other power or signal
wiring.
Using the DVC6015, DVC6025 & DVC6035
Feedback Unit as a Remote Travel Sensor
1. On the feedback unit, remove the housing cap.
2. On the base unit, remove the feedback
connections terminal box cap (see figure 2-16).
3. If necessary, install conduit between the feedback
unit and the base unit following applicable local and
national electrical codes. Route the 3-conductor
shielded cable between the two units (refer to
figure 2-20).
4. Connect one wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable
between terminal 1 on the feedback unit and terminal
1 on the base unit.
5. Connect the second wire of the 3-conductor
shielded cable between terminal 2 on the feedback
unit and terminal 2 on the base unit.
6. Connect the third wire of the 3-conductor shielded
cable between terminal 3 on the feedback unit and
terminal 3 on the base unit.
2-21
DVC6000 SIS
7. Connect the cable shield or drain wire to the
ground screw in the feedback connections terminal
box of the base unit.
3
2
INTERNAL
Note
2
Do not connect the shield or drain wire
to any terminal on the feedback unit,
to the earth ground, or any other
alternative ground.
8. Replace and hand tighten all covers.
Using an External 10 kOhm External
Potentiometer as a Remote Travel Sensor
Note
Potentiometer travel must be between
1.3 and 1.6 times greater than the
actuator travel. For example: if an
actuator has a travel of 9 inches, then
a linear potentiometer must be
selected with a rated travel between
11.7 and 14.4 inches. The resistive
element must be tapered from 0 kOhm
to 10 kOhm over rated travel of the
potentiometer. The actuator will only
use 63 to 76 % of the potentiometer
rated travel.
(30k W)
1
"
10k W
30k
BASE UNIT TERMINATION BOX
(DVC6005 SIS)
3RD PARTY FEEDBACK ELEMENT
(WITH 10k W POTENTIOMETER)
Figure 2-21. Terminal Details for Connecting a FIELDVUE
DVC6005 SIS Base Unit and a 10k Ohm External Potentiometer
1. Mount the external 10 kOhm potentiometer to the
actuator such that the mid-travel position of the
potentiometer (5 kOhm) corresponds to the mid-travel
position of the actuator. This will leave an equal
amount of unused resistive element on both ends of
the travel, which is required by the digital valve
controller to function properly.
2. On the base unit, remove the feedback
connections terminal box cap (see figure 2-16).
3. If necessary, install conduit between the
potentiometer and the base unit following applicable
local and national electrical codes. Route the
3-conductor shielded cable between the two units
(refer to figure 2-21).
4. Connect one wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable
between the Terminal labeled “30kW” on the base unit
and one end lead of the potentiometer.
5. Connect the second wire of the 3-conductor
shielded cable between the middle lead (wiper) of the
10 kOhm potentiometer to Terminal 2 on the base
unit.
Note
The digital valve controller must be
configured using the SStem/Roller
selection on the menu of the
appropriate setup device.
The base unit (DVC6005 SIS) was designed to work
with a 40 kOhm potentiometer for travel feedback.
However, there are linear potentiometers that are
readily available with a rated resistance of 10 kOhm.
Therefore, the feedback terminal box of the DVC6005
SIS contains an additional 30 kOhm fixed resistor that
may be added to the circuit. This brings the total
resistance up to the required 40 kOhm.
2-22
6. Connect the third wire of the 3-conductor shielded
cable between Terminal 3 on the base unit and the
other end-lead of the 10 kOhm potentiometer.
7. Connect the cable shield or drain wire to the
ground screw in the feedback connections terminal
box of the base unit. Do not connect the shield or
drain wire to the external potentiometer.
8. Replace and tighten the base unit cover.
Using a Potentiometer with Two Fixed
Resistors as a Remote Travel Sensor
Perform the following procedure if a potentiometer is
used with the same, or slightly longer travel than the
actuator’s travel.
December 2008
Installation
D The resistance of R2 is 4 times less than
Rpot(max).
3
2
(R2)
WARNING
1
30kW
"
(R1)
BASE UNIT TERMINATION BOX
(DVC6005 SIS)
(Rpot)
2
THREE-RESISTOR SERIES
Figure 2-22. Terminal Details for Connecting a FIELDVUE
DVC6005 SIS Base Unit and a Three-Resistor Series
Note
The potentiometer must be capable of
resistance close to 0 Ohms.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the
potentiometer, ensure that it is free to
travel the entire length of the
actuator’s travel.
Note
The digital valve controller must be
configured using the SStem/Roller
selection on the menu of the
appropriate setup device.
This procedure uses three resistors connected in
series, two fixed resistors and one potentiometer.
Three conditions must be met for the resistor
combination to correctly operate the digital valve
controller:
D The maximum resistance of the potentiometer
(Rpot(max)) must be between 3.9 kOhm and 10 kOhm.
D The resistance of R1 is 4.25 times greater than
Rpot(max).
December 2008
To avoid personal injury or property
damage from an uncontrolled process
ensure that the R1 resistor is properly
insulated before installing it in the
terminal box.
1. On the base unit, remove the feedback
connections terminal box cap (see figure 2-16).
2. If necessary, install conduit between the
two-resistor series and the base unit following
applicable local and national electrical codes. Route
the 3-conductor shielded cable between the two units
(refer to figure 2-22).
3. Install the fixed resistor (R1) across the unlabeled
bottom Terminal and Terminal #1. The bottom terminal
does not have a screw. The screw on the 30 kOhm
terminal can be used. R1 must be properly insulated
when installed in the terminal box to prevent personal
injury or property damage.
4. Connect one wire of the 3-conductor shielded cable
between the unlabeled bottom Terminal on the base
unit and an end-lead of the external potentiometer
(Rpot).
5. Connect the second wire of the 3-conductor
shielded cable between the middle lead (wiper) of the
external potentiometer (Rpot) and Terminal 2 on the
base unit.
6. Connect the third wire of the 3-conductor shielded
cable between between a lead on fixed resistor (R2)
and terminal #3 of the base unit.
7. Connect the available end-lead on the
potentiometer (Rpot) with the available lead on fixed
resistor (R2).
8. Connect the cable shield or drain wire to the
ground screw in the feedback connections terminal
box of the base unit. Do not connect the shield or
drain wire to the two-resistor series.
9. Replace and tighten the base unit cover.
Example: Using a linear potentiometer rated at 400
Ohms/inch on an actuator with 16” of travel.
D Rpot(max) is 400 Ohms/in x 16” = 6.4 kOhm
D R1 = 6.4 kOhm x 4.25 = 27.2 kOhm
D R2 = 6.4 kOhm / 4 = 1.6 kOhm
2-23
DVC6000 SIS
Test Connections
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage
caused by fire or explosion may occur
if this connection is attempted in a
potentially explosive atmosphere, or
in an area that has been classified as
hazardous. Confirm that area
classification and atmosphere
conditions permit the safe removal of
the terminal box cap before
proceeding.
2
Test connections inside the terminal box can be used
to measure loop current across a 1 ohm resistor.
1. Remove the terminal box cap.
2. Adjust the test meter to measure a range of 0.001
to 0.1 volts.
3. Connect the positive lead of the test meter to the
TEST + connection and the negative lead to the TEST
− connection inside the terminal box.
4. Measure Loop current as:
Voltage (on test meter) 1000 = milliamps
example:
Test meter Voltage X 1000 = Loop Milliamps
0.004 X1000 = 4.0 milliamperes
0.020 X 1000 = 20.0 milliamperes
5. Remove test leads and replace the terminal box
cover.
A HART communicating device, such as a 375 Field
Communicator or a personal computer running
ValveLink Software communicating through a HART
modem, interfaces with the DVC6000 SIS Series
digital valve controller from any wiring termination
point in the 4–20 mA loop. If you choose to connect
the HART communicating device directly to the
instrument, attach the device to the LOOP + and
LOOP − terminals or to the TALK + and TALK −
connections inside the terminal box to provide local
communications with the instrument.
Wiring Practices
Logic Solver or Control System
Requirements
There are several parameters that should be checked
to ensure the Logic Solver or control system are
compatible with the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve
controller.
Voltage Available
The voltage available at the DVC6000 SIS Series
digital valve controller must be at least 11 VDC. The
voltage available at the instrument is not the actual
voltage measured at the instrument when the
instrument is connected. The voltage measured at the
instrument is limited by the instrument and is typically
less than the voltage available.
As shown in figure 2-23, the voltage available at the
instrument depends upon:
D the control system compliance voltage
D if a filter or intrinsic safety barrier is used, and
Communication Connections
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage
caused by fire or explosion may occur
if this connection is attempted in a
potentially explosive atmosphere or in
an area that has been classified as
hazardous. Confirm that area
classification and atmosphere
conditions permit the safe removal of
the terminal box cap before
proceeding.
2-24
D the wire type and length.
The control system compliance voltage is the
maximum voltage at the control system output
terminals at which the control system can produce
maximum loop current.
The voltage available at the instrument may be
calculated from the following equation:
Voltage Available = [Control System Compliance
Voltage (at maximum current)] − [filter voltage drop (if
a HART filter is used)] − [total cable resistance maximum current] − [barrier resistance x maximum
current].
The calculated voltage available should be greater
than or equal to 11 VDC.
December 2008
Installation
TOTAL LOOP
CABLE RESISTANCE
COMPLIANCE VOLTAGE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
+
−
INTRINSIC SAFETY
BARRIER
(if used)
HART
FILTER
R
Calculate Voltage Available at the Instrument as
follows:
Control system compliance voltage
– Filter voltage drop (if used)
+
−
VOLTAGE
AVAILABLE AT
THE
INSTRUMENT
Example Calculation
2
18.5 volts (at 21.05 mA)
1
– 2.3 volts (for HF300 series filter)
– Intrinsic safety barrier resistance (if used) x maximum loop current
– 2.55 volts (121 ohms x 0.02105 amps)
– Total loop cable resistance x maximum loop
current
– 1.01 volts (48 ohms x 0.02105 amps for
1000 feet of Belden 9501 cable)
= Voltage available at the instrument
2
= 15.19 volts available—if safety barrier (2.55 volts)
is not used
NOTES:
1
Obtain filter voltage drop. The measured drop will be different than this value. The measured filter voltage drop
depends upon control system output voltage, the intrinsic safety barrier (if used), and the instrument. See note 2.
2
The voltage available at the instrument is not the voltage measured at the instrument terminals. Once the instrument is
connected, the instrument limits the measured voltage to approximately 9.0 to 10.5 volts.
Figure 2-23. Determining Voltage Available at the Instrument
Table 2-1 lists the resistance of some typical cables.
The following example shows how to calculate the
voltage available for a Honeywellt TDC2000 control
system with a HF340 HART filter, and 1000 feet of
Beldent 9501 cable:
Voltage available = [18.5 volts (at 21.05 mA)] − [2.3
volts] − [48 ohms 0.02105 amps]
Voltage available = [18.5] − [2.3] − [1.01]
4. Record the voltage shown on the voltmeter. This is
the control system compliance voltage.
For specific parameter information relating to your
control system, contact your Emerson Process
Management sales office.
Maximum Cable Capacitance
Voltage available = 15.19 volts
The maximum cable length for HART communication
is limited by the characteristic capacitance of the
cable. Maximum length due to capacitance can be
calculated using the following formulas:
Compliance Voltage
Length(ft) = [160,000 − Cmaster(pF)] [Ccable(pF/ft)]
If the compliance voltage of the control system is not
known, perform the following compliance voltage test.
Length(m) = [160,000 − Cmaster(pF)] [Ccable(pF/m)]
1. Disconnect the field wiring from the control system
and connect equipment as shown in figure 2-24 to the
control system terminals.
2. Set the control system to provide maximum output
current.
3. Increase the resistance of the 1 KΩ potentiometer,
shown in figure 2-24, until the current observed on the
milliammeter begins to drop quickly.
December 2008
where:
160,000 = a constant derived for FIELDVUE
instruments to insure that the HART network RC time
constant will be no greater than 0.65 μs (per the HART
specification).
Cmaster = the capacitance of the control system or
HART filter
Ccable = the capacitance of the cable used (see
table 2-1)
2-25
DVC6000 SIS
Table 2-1. Cable Characteristics
Capacitance(1)
pF/ft
Cable Type
2
Capacitance(1)
pF/m
Resistance(2)
Ohms/ft
Resistance(2)
Ohms/m
BS5308/1, 0.5 sq mm
61.0
200
0.022
0.074
BS5308/1, 1.0 sq mm
61.0
200
0.012
0.037
BS5308/1, 1.5 sq mm
61.0
200
0.008
0.025
BS5308/2, 0.5 sq mm
121.9
400
0.022
0.074
BS5308/2, 0.75 sq mm
121.9
400
0.016
0.053
BS5308/2, 1.5 sq mm
121.9
400
0.008
0.025
BELDEN 8303, 22 awg
63.0
206.7
0.030
0.098
BELDEN 8441, 22 awg
83.2
273
0.030
0.098
BELDEN 8767, 22 awg
76.8
252
0.030
0.098
BELDEN 8777, 22 awg
54.9
180
0.030
0.098
BELDEN 9501, 24 awg
50.0
164
0.048
0.157
BELDEN 9680, 24 awg
27.5
90.2
0.048
0.157
BELDEN 9729, 24 awg
22.1
72.5
0.048
0.157
BELDEN 9773, 18 awg
54.9
0.012
0.042
BELDEN 9829, 24 awg
27.1
0.048
0.157
BELDEN 9873, 20 awg
54.9
0.020
0.069
180
88.9
180
1. The capacitance values represent capacitance from one conductor to all other conductors and shield. This is the appropriate value to use in the cable length calculations.
2. The resistance values include both wires of the twisted pair.
1 KW POTENTIOMETER
MILLIAMMETER
VOLTMETER
CIRCUIT
UNDER
TEST
A6192-1/IL
Figure 2-24. Voltage Test Schematic
The following example shows how to calculate the
cable length for a Foxboro I/A control system (1988)
with a Cmaster of 50, 000 pF and a Belden 9501 cable
with characteristic capacitance of 50pF/ft.
Length(ft) = [160,000 − 50,000pF] [50pF/ft]
Length = 2200 ft.
70
2-26
The HART communication cable length is limited by
the cable characteristic capacitance. To increase
cable length, select a wire with lower capacitance per
foot. Contact your Emerson Process Management
sales office for specific information relating to your
control system.
December 2008
Installation
Installation in a Safety Instrumented
System
A DVC6000 SIS instrument may be used in a Safety
Instrumented System (SIS) to control operation of a
safety block valve or vent valve. The actuator may be
either single-acting or double-acting with spring return.
DVC6000 SIS instruments will have the label shown in
figure 2-25 on the terminal box cover.
The digital valve controller may be installed with a
solenoid valve in either a 4-wire system, (figure 2-27),
in a 2-wire system (figure 2-28), or a 2-wire system
without a solenoid valve (figure 2-29). The digital valve
controller ships from the factory with the DIP switch on
the printed wiring board set to the correct position per
the ordered option.
When operating with a 4-20 mA current signal, the
digital valve controller must be setup for point-to-point
operation. When operating with a voltage signal, the
digital valve controller must be setup for multi-drop
operation. The operational mode is determined by a
DIP switch on the printed wiring board. As shown in
figure 2-26, the nameplate indicates the operational
mode set on the printed wiring board at the factory.
For information on verifying or changing the switch
position, refer to Replacing the PWB Assembly and
Setting the DIP Switch and table 7-2 in the
Maintenance section.
Installation in a 4-Wire System
Figure 2-27 is an example of the digital valve controller
installed in a 4-wire system. In this installation, two
separate signals are used: a 4-20 mA DC signal (from
the Logic Solver or DCS) for the digital valve controller
and a 24 VDC signal (from the Logic Solver) for the
solenoid valve.
Figure 2-25. Terminal Box Cover Label on FIELDVUE DVC6000
SIS Digital Valve Controllers
E0768
INFORMATION IN THIS AREA INDICATES THE
OPERATIONAL MODE SET AT THE FACTORY.
PT-PT INDICATES POINT-TO-POINT LOOP,
MULTI INDICATES MULTI-DROP LOOP
Figure 2-26. Typical Digital Valve Controller Nameplate
position. In this installation, the switch on the digital
valve controller printed wiring board must be set for
point-to-point operation. To set the digital valve
controller control mode in an SIS 4-wire system, from
the Online menu select Setup, Basic Setup, and Setup
Wizard.
The Setup Wizard will automatically setup the
instrument for a 4-wire installation based upon the
printed wiring board DIP switch setting.
Note
Note
When a solenoid valve operated by an
independent power supply is used
pneumatically in series with a
DVC6000 SIS, the power source could
be 24/48 VDC, 110/220 VAC, etc. Power
supply is dependent on customer
specifications.
The digital valve controller control mode is set to
“analog”. When a shutdown condition exists, the logic
solver (or DCS) activates the solenoid valve and also
cuts the current to the digital valve controller to 0 or
4 mA, thus causing the valve to move to its zero travel
December 2008
Using the digital valve controller in a
4-wire system with an ASCOt
low-power solenoid valve EF8316G303,
EF8316G304, EFX8553G305 103594 or
EFX8551G305 103594 (or an equivalent
low-power solenoid valve) requires a
separate external air supply for pilot.
Ensure that the solenoid valve’s
“selection gasket” is in the “External
Position”.
The use of external piloting when
using an EF8316G303 or EF8316G304
requires the pilot pressure to be at
least 15 psig higher than the main line
pressure.
(continued on next page)
2-27
2
DVC6000 SIS
SINGLE-ACTING SPRING AND DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR
OR PISTON ACTUATOR WITH SPRING RETURN
VENT
LOGIC SOLVER
24 VDC OR
CUSTOMER SPECIFIED
POWER SUPPLY
2
VENT
PISTON ACTUATOR
VALVE DISC
FAILS CLOCKWISE
ON LOSS OF AIR
4-20 mA DC
(NORMALLY VALVE IS
FULLY OPEN WITH
20 mA SIGNAL TO DIGITAL
VALVE CONTROLLER)
NOTES:
1/4-18 NPT X 3/8 OD TUBING
ELECTRICAL WIRING
SUPPLY
PRINTED WIRING BOARD
DIP SWITCH SET FOR
POINT-TO-POINT (DOWN
POSITION)
DVC6000 SIS SERIES
DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
19B6913-B
19B6914-A
E0769-1
Figure 2-27. Example of FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Installed in a 4-Wire SIS System
ASCO EFX8553G305 103594 or
EFX8551G305 103594 low-powered
solenoid valves with aluminum bodies
can be used where the application
requires zero differential pressure and
when the solenoid valve exhaust port is
connected to another solenoid valve
used as a selector or diverter.
For more information, refer to the ASCO
catalog or contact your Emerson
Process Management sales office.
Installation in a 2-Wire System
Figures 2-28 and 2-29 are examples of the digital
valve controller installed in a 2-wire system. In these
installations the logic solver provides a single 24 VDC
signal that powers both the digital valve controller and
the optional solenoid valve (a low power consumption
2-28
model such as the ASCO EF8316G303,
EF8316G304, EFX8553G305 103594, or
EFX8551G305 103594). The digital valve controller’s
control mode is set to “digital”. When a shutdown
condition exists, the logic solver cuts power to both the
digital valve controller and the solenoid valve (if
connected), causing the valve to move to it’s zero
travel position. A Fisher LC340 line conditioner is
required to allow HART communications over the
segment. Alternatively, an impedance boosting
multiplexer (available from MTL, Pepperl+Fuchs/Elcon
and others) may be used, eliminating the need for a
line conditioner when installed as per figure 2-29.
Note
Use of a solenoid valve is optional,
and dependent on stroking speed and
other operating conditions.
December 2008
Installation
SINGLE-ACTING SPRING AND DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR
OR PISTON ACTUATOR WITH SPRING RETURN
ASCO (LOW-POWER CONSUMPTION)
SOLENOID VALVE
DE-ENERGIZED
EXTERNAL PILOT LOADING
GASKET COVER INTERNAL - COVERED
EXTERNAL - EXPOSED
LOGIC SOLVER
24VDC
VENT
LC340 LINE
CONDITIONER
1
2
VENT
PISTON ACTUATOR
VALVE DISC
FAILS CLOCKWISE
ON LOSS OF AIR
A
SUPPLY
(NORMALLY VALVE IS
FULLY OPEN WITH
WITH VOLTAGE TO
DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER)
B
DVC6000 SIS SERIES
DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
NOTES:
1/4-18 NPT X 3/8 OD TUBING
ELECTRICAL WIRING
1 AN AIR SUPPLY LINE IS NEEDED FOR AN
EXTERNAL PILOTED SOLENOID VALVE. CONTACT
YOUR EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT SALES
OFFICE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
PRINTED WIRING BOARD
DIP SWITCH SET FOR
MULTI-DROP (UP POSITION)
19B6915-A
19B6917-A
E0770-1
Figure 2-28. Example of FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Installed in a 2-Wire SIS System
Table 2-2. Maximum Loop Wire Resistance per Logic Solver
Output Voltage(1)
Logic Solver
Output
Voltage
(VDC)
24.00
23.75
23.50
23.25
23.00
Maximum
Loop Wire
Resistance
(Ohms)
32.0
27.0
22.0
17.0
12.0
22.75
22.50
7.0
2.0
Maximum Wire Length (feet)(2)
22 AWG
20 AWG
18 AWG
16 AWG
952
804
655
506
357
1429
1205
982
759
536
2381
2009
1637
1265
893
3175
2679
2183
1687
1190
208
60
313
89
521
149
694
198
1. Maximums in this table assume a line conditioner and a solenoid that requires a
minimum of 20.4 V and 42 mA to engage.
2. Wire length includes both wires in a twisted pair.
The line conditioner introduces an approximate 2.0
volt drop in the SIS system wiring with a 50 mA load. If
used with a solenoid valve (such as the ASCO
EF8316G303, EF8316G304, EFX8553G305 103594,
or EFX8551G305 103594) the guaranteed
December 2008
engagement voltage at maximum temperature must
be ensured.
ASCO EF8316 or EF8553 solenoid valves (if
connected) require up to 42 mA to pull in. The digital
valve controller set for multi-drop operation draws
approximately 8 mA. Based on these conditions, table
2-2 lists the maximum loop wire resistance permitted
for various logic solver output voltages. The table also
lists maximum length of wire of various gauges that
may be used.
The line conditioner is intended for installation in a
control or marshalling cabinet near the logic solver
field wiring terminals. In some installations, such as
shown in figure 2-29, where no solenoid is used, an
impedance boosting multiplexer may be used in place
of a line conditioner. The LC340 line conditioner will be
needed when a low-power solenoid is connected to
the same 2-wire loop as the digital valve controller as
shown in figure 2-28.
2-29
DVC6000 SIS
SINGLE-ACTING SPRING AND DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR
OR PISTON ACTUATOR WITH SPRING RETURN
LOGIC SOLVER
24VDC
LC340 LINE
CONDITIONER
2
PISTON ACTUATOR
VALVE DISC
FAILS CLOCKWISE
ON LOSS OF AIR
A
(NORMALLY VALVE IS
FULLY OPEN WITH
WITH VOLTAGE TO
DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER)
SUPPLY
B
DVC6000 SIS SERIES
DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
NOTES:
1/4-18 NPT X 3/8 OD TUBING
ELECTRICAL WIRING
PRINTED WIRING BOARD
DIP SWITCH SET FOR
MULTI-DROP (UP POSITION)
E1043
Figure 2-29. Example of FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Installed in a 2-Wire SIS System
(without a Solenoid Valve)
Make connections to the line conditioner as follows:
Note
CAUTION
Do not overtighten the wiring
connection terminals or subject them
to heavy lateral (pushing) loads. This
could damage the line conditioner.
1. Be sure the digital valve controller DIP switch is set
for multi-drop operation.
2. Connect the digital valve controller LOOP +
terminal to the line conditioner FLD + terminal.
3. Connect the digital valve controller LOOP −
terminal to the line conditioner FLD − terminal.
4. Connect the solenoid valve field terminals to the
line conditioner FLD + and − terminals.
5. Connect the logic solver output to the line
conditioner SYS + and − terminals.
2-30
Using the digital valve controller in a
2-wire system (multi-drop operation)
with an ASCO low-power solenoid
valve EF8316G303, EF8316G304,
EFX8553G305 103594 or EFX8551G305
103594 (or an equivalent low-power
solenoid valve) requires a line
conditioner. Using a low-power piloted
solenoid valve requires a separate air
supply.
When using an EF8316G303 or
EF8316G304 ensure that the solenoid
valve’s “selection gasket” is in the
“External Position”. The use of
external piloting requires the pilot
pressure to be at least 15 psig higher
than the main line pressure.
(continued on next page)
December 2008
Installation
EFX8553G305 103594 or EFX8551G305
103594 low-powered solenoid valves
with aluminum bodies can be used
where the application requires zero
differential pressure and when the
solenoid valve exhaust port is
connected to another solenoid valve
used as a selector or diverter.
For more information, refer to the ASCO
catalog or contact your Emerson
Process Management sales office
See the separate FIELDVUE LC340 Line Conditioner
Instruction Manual (D102797X012) for detailed
installation information.
December 2008
To set the digital valve controller Control Mode for
operation in an SIS 2-wire system select Configure /
Setup, Basic Setup, and Setup Wizard from the Online
menu.
The Setup Wizard will automatically setup the
instrument for a 2-wire installation based upon the
printed wiring board DIP switch setting.
2
Note
To ensure correct installation, follow
the Basic Setup procedures as
described in Section 3.
2-31
DVC6000 SIS
LCP100 24 VDC POWERED
LOGIC SOLVER
OUTPUT
)
4-20 mA
*
(USER SUPPLIED)
SWITCH TO PROPER
POSITION ACCORDING
TO LABEL
LCP100
AUX )
2
24VDC )
CASE GROUND
24VDC *
AUX*
1
DVC6000 SIS TERMINAL BOX
SHIELD NOT CONNECTED TO LCP100
24 VDC
SOURCE
)
*
(USER SUPPLIED)
SIMPLE METHOD FOR INSTALLING AN LCP100 TO AN EXISTING DVC6000
SIS INSTRUMENT WHEN 24 VDC POWER IS AVAILABLE
NOTE: DO NOT CONNECT THE LOOP + TERMINAL IN THE LCP100 TO THE LOOP + TERMINAL IN THE DVC6000 SIS.
THIS WILL CAUSE THE LCP100 TO UNNECESSARILY CONSUME 4 mA AT THE EXPENSE OF THE DVC6000 SIS.
1
THIS CONNECTION IS ALSO LABELED LOOP −.
GE26881-B, Sheet 3
E1082-2
Figure 2-30. Wiring for 24 VDC External Power Configuration
LCP100 Local Control Panel
Electrical Connections
WARNING
Installation
The Fisher LCP100 Local Control Panel has four (4)
mounting holes for on-site mounting of the device. The
LCP100 must be installed so that the wiring
connections are on the bottom to prevent
accumulation of moisture inside the box.
2-32
Select wiring and/or cable glands that
are rated for the environment of use
(such as hazardous location, ingress
protection, and temperature). Failure
to use properly rated wiring and/or
cable glands can result in personal
injury or property damage from fire or
explosion.
December 2008
Installation
LOOP POWERED
(LOGIC SOLVER WIRED TO LCP100 FIRST)
LCP100
SWITCH TO PROPER
POSITION ACCORDING
TO LABEL
2
AUX )
LOGIC SOLVER
OUTPUT
1
LOOP )
)
8-20 mA
CASE GROUND
LOOP *
*
(USER SUPPLIED)
DVC6000 SIS TERMINAL BOX
SHIELD NOT CONNECTED TO LCP100
NOTE:
1
THE LOGIC SOLVER MINIMUM OUTPUT MUST BE AT LEAST 8 mA. THE LCP100, WHEN
POWERED BY THE LOOP, CONSUMES APPROXIMATELY 4 mA.
GE26881-B, Sheet 2
E1084-1
Figure 2-31. Wiring for 8-20 mA Loop-Powered Configuration; Logic Solver Wired to the Fisher LCP100
then the FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS
Wiring connections must be in
accordance with local, regional, and
national codes for any given hazardous
area approval. Failure to follow the
local, regional, and national codes
could result in personal injury or
property damage from fire or explosion
Electrical connections are shown in figures 2-31, 2-32,
and 2-30. There are two different ways to power the
December 2008
LCP100. Method one requires an external 24 VDC
source to power the LCP100. Method two uses loop
power wiring in series.
In method one, shown in figure 2-30, signal wiring is
brought to the enclosure through a 3/4 NPT or M20
housing conduit connection (connection type is
identified on nameplate.
The second method uses loop current to power the
LCP100. This can be accomplished in two ways: with
the wiring going first to the LCP100, then to the
DVC6000 SIS, as shown in in figure 2-31, or with the
2-33
DVC6000 SIS
LOOP POWERED
(LOGIC SOLVER WIRED TO DVC6000 SIS FIRST)
LCP100
SWITCH TO PROPER
POSITION ACCORDING
TO LABEL
AUX )
2
LOGIC SOLVER
OUTPUT
8-20 mA
1
LOOP )
)
*
CASE GROUND
LOOP *
(USER SUPPLIED)
DVC6000 SIS TERMINAL BOX
SHIELD NOT CONNECTED TO LCP100
NOTE:
1 THE LOGIC SOLVER MINIMUM OUTPUT MUST BE AT LEAST 8 mA. THE LCP100, WHEN
POWERED BY THE LOOP, CONSUMES APPROXIMATELY 4 mA.
GE26881-B, Sheet 1
E1083-1
Figure 2-32. Wiring for 8-20 mA Loop-Powered Configuration; Logic Solver Wired to the
FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS then the Fisher LCP100
wiring going first to the DVC6000 SIS, then to the
LCP100, as shown in figure 2-32. However, because
the LCP100 consumes energy to drive the lights and
microprocessor, minimum current signal from the logic
solver must be 8 mA. If the logic solver cannot provide
an output range of 8-20 mA then method one must be
used.
2-34
Ensure that the DIP switch position is properly set for
the desired mode of operation (loop powered or 24
VDC powered).
When installing the cover tighten the screws evenly in
a criss-cross pattern to help ensure the cover is
properly installed.
December 2008
Basic Setup
3-3
Section 3 Basic Setup
Configuration Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2
Instrument Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2
Basic Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2
Setup Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3
Performance Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-6
December 2008
3
3-1
DVC6000 SIS
Configuration Protection
Protection to ensure protection is set correctly prior to
operation.
To setup and calibrate the instrument, the protection
must be set to None with the Field Communicator. If
the protection is not None, changing the protection
requires placing a jumper across the Auxiliary
terminals in the terminal box.
Basic Setup
WARNING
Note
3
When a Fisher LCP100 control panel is
used, changing protection does not
require placing the jumper across the
Auxiliary terminals in the terminal box.
Changes to the instrument setup may
cause changes in the output pressure
or valve travel. Depending on the
application, these changes may upset
process control, which could result in
personal injury or property damage.
To remove protection:
1. Connect a 4-20 mA source to the instrument.
2. Connect the Field Communicator to the instrument
and turn it on.
3. Press the Hot key on the Field Communicator and
select Protection.
4. From the Protection menu, select None. When
prompted by the Field Communicator, temporarily
attach the jumper to the AUX + and AUX − terminals
in the instrument terminal box.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or equipment
damage caused by the release of
process pressure, always use the
Setup Wizard to perform setup and
calibration before placing the
DVC6000 SIS Series instrument in
operation for the first time. The Setup
Wizard sets up the required
parameters for SIS solutions.
Instrument Mode
To setup and calibrate the instrument, the instrument
mode must be Out Of Service.
To view/change the instrument mode, press the Hot
Key and select Instrument Mode. If the mode is not
Out Of Service, select Out Of Service from the
Instrument Mode menu and press ENTER.
Instrument Mode allows you to either take the
instrument Out of Service or place it In Service.
Taking the instrument Out of Service allows you to
perform instrument calibration and also allows you to
change setup variables that affect control. See Setting
3-2
Note
To setup and calibrate the instrument,
the protection must be None and the
Instrument Mode must be Out Of
Service. See Configuration Protection
and Instrument Mode at the beginning
of this section for information on
removing instrument protection and
changing the instrument mode.
December 2008
Basic Setup
3. Enter the partial stroke test start point.
Note
4. Indicate if the DVC6000 SIS is connected to an
LCP100.
In the event of a power failure the
DVC6000 SIS automatically restores
the device to In Service upon
restoration of power. This is to provide
greater availability of the safety
function.
5. Enter the manufacturer of the actuator on which
the instrument is mounted. If the actuator
manufacturer is not listed, select Other.
If power is inadvertently interrupted
while performing set up or
maintenance, you may need to return
the DVC6000 SIS to out of service if
the interrupted task requires that mode
of operation.
7. Enter the actuator size.
When the DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller
is ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the
factory mounts the digital valve controller and sets up
the instrument as specified on the order. When
mounting to a valve in the field, the instrument needs
to be setup to match the instrument to the valve and
actuator.
Before beginning Basic Setup, be sure the instrument
is correctly mounted as described in the Installation
section.
6. Enter the actuator model or type. If the actuator
model is not listed, select Other.
3
8. Enter the Relay Type.
9. Select whether the valve is open or closed under
the zero power condition, if prompted.
Note
When completing steps 3 through 9,
refer to table 3-1 for possible
configurations for a digital valve
controller operated by a 4-20 mA input
current (point-to-point mode), and
table 3-2 for possible configurations
for a digital valve controller operated
by a 0-24 VDC power supply
(multi-drop mode).
Setup Wizard (1-1-1)
Note
The Setup Wizard must be run for first
time installations before placing the
DVC6000 SIS in service.
Use the Setup Wizard in the 375 Field Communicator
to setup the digital valve controller for operation in an
SIS solution. The Setup Wizard automatically sets up
the instrument using specified actuator information. To
access the Setup Wizard, from the Online Menu select
Configure/Setup, Basic Setup, and Setup Wizard.
1. When prompted by the Setup Wizard, enter the
pressure units (psi, bar, kPa, or kg/cm2).
WARNING
If you answer YES to the prompt for
permission to move the valve when
the Field Communicator is
determining the travel sensor motion,
the instrument will move the valve
through its full travel range. To avoid
personal injury and property damage
caused by the release of pressure or
process fluid, provide some
temporary means of control for the
process.
2. Enter the maximum instrument supply pressure.
After entering the maximum instrument supply
pressure, the Setup Wizard prompts you for actuator
information.
December 2008
10. Indicate if a volume booster or quick release is
present.
3-3
DVC6000 SIS
Table 3-1. Possible Configurations for a FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Digital Valve Controller operated by 4-20 mA
Setup Wizard Configuration
Relay Type
Partial Stroke
Start Point
Operating Conditions
Zero Power
Condition
Close
Open
Open
A or C
Close
Close
Open
3
Close
Open
Open
B
Close
Close
Open
Input Current
Actual Valve Travel
Status Monitoring
Travel Set
Point
Travel
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
Common Application
20 mA
Open
Less Common Application
4 mA
Open
Less Common Application
4 mA
Close
Common Application
20 mA
Close
Less Common Application
20 mA
Open
Common Application
4 mA
Open
Common Application
4 mA
Close
Less Common Application
20 mA
Close
Table 3-2. Possible Configurations for a FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Digital Valve Controller operated by 0-24 VDC
Setup Wizard Configuration
Relay Type
Partial Stroke
Start Point
Operating Conditions
Zero Power
Condition
Close
Open
Open(1)
A or C
Close(1)
Close
Open
Close
Open
Open(1)
B
Close(1)
Close
Open
Power Supply
Actual Valve Travel
Status Monitoring
Travel Set
Point
Travel
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
Common Application
24 VDC
Open
Less Common Application
24 VDC
Open
Less Common Application
24 VDC
Close
Common Application
24 VDC
Close
Less Common Application
24 VDC
Open
Common Application
24 VDC
Open
Common Application
24 VDC
Close
Less Common Application
24 VDC
Close
1. In these configurations, the DVC6000 SIS is used as a diagnostic device, the safety function is provided by other devices in the pneumatic loop, e.g. a solenoid valve.
Note
The use of a Quick Exhaust Valve
(QEV) is not recommended for safety
instrumented system applications. The
use of a QEV in an SIS application may
cause the valve to cycle.
3-4
11. Specify if factory defaults should be used for basic
setup. If you select YES for factory default, the Field
Communicator sets the setup parameters to the
values listed in table 3-3. If you select NO for the
factory defaults, the setup parameters listed in the
table remain at their previous settings.
Typically the Setup Wizard determines the required
setup information based upon the actuator
manufacturer and model specified. However, if you
enter other for the actuator manufacturer or the
December 2008
Basic Setup
actuator model, then you will be prompted for setup
parameters such as:
Actuator Style (select spring & diaphragm, piston
single-acting with spring, piston double-acting with
spring)
Valve Style (select the valve style, rotary or sliding
stem)
On Loss of Instrument Signal, (valve opens or
closes). See Zero Power Condition in the Detailed
Setup section.
Feedback Connection (select Rot-All, SS-roller, or
SStem-Standard). See Feedback Connection in the
Detailed Setup section.
Partial Stroke Start Point (select the start point for
the Partial Stroke Test; either Valve Open or Valve
Close).
LCP100 Local Control Panel (indicate if the
instrument is connected to an LCP100 local control
panel).
Travel Sensor Motion (increasing air pressure
causes the travel sensor shaft to rotate clockwise or
counterclockwise), The Setup Wizard will ask if it can
move the valve to determine travel sensor motion.
If you answer yes, the instrument may stroke the valve
the full travel span to determine travel sensor rotation.
If you answer No, then you will have to specify the
rotation for increasing air pressure (determine the
rotation by viewing the end of the travel sensor shaft).
See Travel Sensor Motion in the Detailed Setup
section.
Tuning Set (see Tuning Set in the Detailed Setup
section).
After choosing the appropriate tuning set, a message
appears on the display, asking if you would like to
download factory defaults for Setup. Yes is
recommended for Initial Setup. Refer to table 3-3 for
factory download defaults.
Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator
display. The calibration procedure uses the valve and
actuator stops as the 0% and 100% calibration points.
For additional information, refer to Auto Calibrate
Travel in the Calibration section.
Once Auto Calibration is complete, you will be asked
to enter the desired stroke test speed (default is
0.25%/sec). An additional automatic PST calibration is
run to determine the default value or the partial stroke
pressure limit for single acting actuators (this will be
differential pressure for double acting) and pressure
set point for End Point Pressure Control.
When calibration is complete, you are asked if you
wish to adjust the relay (double-acting only). Select
yes to adjust the relay. For additional information, refer
to Relay Adjustment in the Calibration section.
December 2008
Table 3-3. Factory Download Default Settings
Setup Parameter
Analog Input Units(1)
Analog In Range High(1)
Analog In Range Low(1)
Control Mode
Restart Control Mode
Default Setting
mA
20.0 mA
4.0 mA
Analog(1)
Digital(2)
Analog(1)
Digital(2)
Lag Time
Input Characteristic
Travel Limit High
Travel Limit Low
0 secs
Linear
125%
−25%
Travel Cutoff High
Travel Cutoff Low
Travel Deviation Alert Point
Travel Deviation Time
Set Point Rate Open
Set Point Rate Close
Polling Address
50%
50%
5.0%
10.0 seconds
0%/sec
0%/sec
0
Pressure Deviation Alert Pt
Pressure Deviation Alert Time
5.0 psi(3)
30.0 seconds
Command #3 (Trending) Pressure
For double-acting actuators
For single-acting actuators
differential output pressure
actuator pressure
Valve Set Point(2)
Restart Travel Set Point(2)
Self-Test Shutdown(2)
3
100% if ZPC = Open
0% if ZPC = Closed
100% if ZPC = Open
0% if ZPC = Closed
All Failures Disabled
1. Analog mode only − DIP switch set to Pt-Pt.
2. Digital mode only. − DIP switch set to Multi.
3. Adjust to bar, kPa, or kg/cm2 if necessary.
Note
Relay Adjustment is only available for
the double-acting relay (Relay A).
After instrument setup is completed, and you have
placed the instrument in service, if End Point Pressure
Control not enabled, you will be prompted to enable it.
Select yes. Refer to Partial Stroke Variables in the
Detailed Setup section for more information.
If after completing auto setup and auto calibration the
valve seems slightly unstable or unresponsive, you
can improve operation by selecting Performance
Tuner from the Basic Setup menu. For additional
information on using the Performance Tuner to
optimize digital valve controller tuning, refer to the
Performance Tuner information below.
3-5
DVC6000 SIS
Performance Tuner (1-1-2)
The Performance Tuner is used to optimize digital
valve controller tuning. It can be used with digital valve
controllers mounted on most sliding-stem and rotary
actuators, including Fisher and other manufacturers’
products. Moreover, because the Performance Tuner
can detect internal instabilities before they become
apparent in the travel response, it can generally
optimize tuning more effectively than manual tuning.
Typically, the Performance Tuner takes 3 to 5 minutes
to tune an instrument, although tuning instruments
mounted on larger actuators may take longer.
Access the Performance Tuner by selecting
Performance Tuner from the Basic Setup menu.
Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display
to optimize digital valve controller tuning.
3
3-6
December 2008
Detailed Setup
4-4
Section 4 Detailed Setup
Menu and Quick Key Sequence Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Cover
Detailed Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-4
Mode and Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Mode
Control Mode
Restart Control Mode
Burst Mode
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
4-4
4-4
Response Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travel Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travel Tuning Set
Travel Tuning Set
Travel Proportional Gain
Travel Velocity Gain
Travel MLFB Gain
Travel Integral Control Enable
Travel Integral Gain
Stabilize/Optimize
Integral Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integral Dead Zone
Integral Limit
Pressure Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Tuning Set
Pressure Tuning Set
Pressure Proportional Gain
Pressure MLFB Gain
Pressure Integral Control Enable
Pressure Integral Gain
Travel/Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travel/Pressure Cutoffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travel/Pressure Cutoff Hi
Travel/Pressure Cutoff Lo
End Point Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
End Point Control Enable
PST Start Point
Pressure Set Point
Pressure Sat Time
4-6
4-6
4-6
December 2008
4
4-6
4-7
4-10
4-12
4-12
4-13
4-1
DVC6000 SIS
4
4-2
Input Characteristic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Define Custom Characterization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP Rate Open
SP Rate Close
Lag Time
4-13
4-14
4-14
Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Current Shutdown
Drive Signal Alert
Drive Signal Alert Enable
Drive Signal
Processor Impaired Alerts
Offline/Failed Alert Enable
Power Starvation Alert Enable
Non-Critical NVM Alert Enable
Critical NVM Shutdown
Flash ROM Shutdown
No Free Time Shutdown
Reference Voltage Shutdown
Sensor Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travel Sensor Shutdown
Temperature Sensor Shutdown
Pressure Sensor Shutdown
Environmental Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aux Terminal Alert
Auxiliary Terminal Alert Enable
Auxiliary Input
Auxiliary Terminal Mode
Supply Pressure Lo Alert
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable
Supply Pressure
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point
Travel Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travel
Travel Set Point
Travel Alert Dead Band
Travel Deviation Alert
Travel Limit Alerts
Travel Limit Hi/Lo Alerts
Travel Cutoff Alerts
Travel History Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cycle Count
Cycle Count/Travel Accumulator Deadband
Travel Accumulator
SIS Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PST Pressure Limit
Pressure Deviation Alert Enable
Pressure Deviation Alert Point
Pressure Deviation Time
4-14
4-15
4-15
4-16
4-16
4-17
4-18
December 2008
Detailed Setup
Alert Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alrt Record Not Empty Enab
Alrt Record Full Enab
Display Record
Clear Record
Alert Groups
4-18
Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-19
Instrument Time
Calibration and Diagnostics
Operational
Integrator
Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General
Units
Analog Input Range
Relay Type
Zero Power Condition
Maximum Supply Pressure
Auxiliary Terminal Mode
Instrument Date and Time
Calibration Status and Location
4-20
Valve & Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manufacturer
Valve Serial Number
Valve Style
Actuator Style
Feedback Connection
Travel Sensor Motion
4-21
Partial Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PST Enable
PST Variables View/Edit
Auto Test Interval
DVC Power Up
4-22
December 2008
4
4-3
DVC6000 SIS
Table 4-1. Factory Default Detailed Setup Parameters
Setup Parameter
Detailed Setup
Control Mode
Restart Control Mode(3)
Multi-drop
Point-to-Point
The Detailed Setup selection from the Configure/Setup
menu allows you to configure the digital valve
controller to your application. Table 4-1 lists the default
settings for a standard factory configuration. You can
adjust actuator response, set the various modes,
alerts, ranges, travel cutoffs and limits. You can also
restart the instrument and set the protection.
Zero Power Condition
4 mA
Auxiliary Terminal Mode
If power is inadvertently interrupted
while performing set up or
maintenance, you may need to return
the DVC6000 SIS to out of service if
the interrupted task requires that mode
of operation.
50(2)
PSI
Burst Mode Enable
Burst Command
Cmd #3 (Trending) Pressure
For double-acting actuators
For single-acting actuators
Tuning Set
Travel History
Alerts
Mode and Protection (1-2-1)
D Instrument Mode
4-4
F(2)
125%
−25%
Travel/Pressure Cutoff High
50%
Travel/Pressure Cutoff Low
50%
Set Point Rate Open
0%/sec
Set Point Rate Close
0%/sec
Set Point Filter Lag Time
0 sec
Partial Stroke Start Point
Valve Open(2)
Cycle Count Alert Enable
No
Cycle Count Alert Deadband
1%
Cycle Count Alert Point
Travel Accumulator Alert
Enable
1,000,000
No
Travel Accumulator Deadband
1%
Travel Accumulator Alert Point
1000000%
Travel Deviation Alert Enable
Yes
Pressure Deviation Alert
Enable
5%
10 sec
Yes
Pressure Deviation Alert Point
5 psi
Pressure Deviation Alert Time
30 sec
Supply Pressure Alert Enable
Supply Pressure Alert Point
Travel Alert Lo Enable
Lo Point
Hi Point
Travel Alerts
differential output
pressure
actuator pressure
Travel Limit Low
Travel Alert Hi Enable
Instrument Mode allows you to either take the
instrument Out Of Service or place it In Service.
Taking the instrument Out Of Service allows you to
perform instrument calibration and also allows you to
change setup variables that affect control, provided
the calibration/configuration protection is properly set.
See Setting Protection.
3
Travel Limit High
Drive Signal Alert Enable
You can change the instrument mode by selecting
Mode and Protection, Instrument Mode from the
Detailed Setup menu, or press the Hot Key and select
Instrument Mode.
0
No
Linear
Travel Deviation Time
Deviation &
Other Alerts
F
Input Characteristic
Travel Deviation Alert Point
Mode
Clockwise(2)
Push Button Partial
Stroke Test
Pressure Units
Polling Address
Dynamic
Response and
Tuning
mA
Rotary − All(2)
Max Supply Pressure
Temperature Units
In the event of a power failure the
DVC6000 SIS automatically restores
the device to In Service upon
restoration of power. This is to provide
greater availability of the safety
function.
Valve Closed(2)
20 mA
Feedback Connection
Note
DIGITAL
ANALOG
Analog In Range High
Travel Sensor Motion
4
Analog / Digital(2)
Analog In Range Low
Analog Input Units
Instrument
Configuration
Default Setting(1)
Travel Alert Lo Lo Enable
Lo Lo Point
Travel Alert Hi Hi Enable
Yes
Yes
19 psi
No
−25%
No
125%
No
−25%(4)
No
Hi Hi Point
125%(5)
Deadband
5%
−continued on next page−
December 2008
Detailed Setup
Table 4-1. Factory Default Detailed Setup Parameters
(continued)
Setup Parameter
Electronic Alerts
Informational
Status
Alert Record
Default
Setting(1)
Shutdown Activated
Yes
Power Starvation Alert Enable
No
Non-Critical NVM Alert Enable
No
Instrument Time Invalid Enable
Yes
Calibration in Progress Enable
No
Autocalibration in Progress
Enable
No
Diagnostics in Progress Enable
No
Diagnostics Data Available
Enable
Yes
Integrator Saturated Hi Enable
Yes
Integrator Saturated Lo Enable
Yes
Pressure Control Active Enable
Yes
Multi-Drop Alert Enable
No
Valve Alerts Enable
Yes
Failure Alerts Enable
Yes
Misc Alerts Enable
No
Alert Record Not Empty Enable
Yes
Alert Record Full Enable
Yes
1. The settings listed are for standard factory configuration. DVC6000 SIS Series
instruments can also be ordered with custom configuration settings. For the default
custom settings, refer to the order requisition.
2. If the instrument is shipped mounted on an actuator, these values depend upon
the actuator on which the instrument is mounted.
3. Based on DIP switch setting.
4. Lo Lo point is 1% when used with LCP100.
5. Hi Hi point is 99% when used with LCP100.
Note
Some changes that require the
instrument to be taken Out Of Service
will not take effect until the instrument
is placed back In Service or the
instrument is restarted.
D Control Mode
You can change the control mode by selecting Control
Mode from the Mode and Protection menu, or press
the Hot Key and select Control Mode.
Control Mode lets you define where the instrument
reads its set point. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to choose one of the following
control modes: Analog or Digital.
Choose Analog control mode if the instrument is to
receive its set point over the 4-20 mA loop. Normally
the instrument control mode is Analog.
Choose Digital control mode if the instrument is to
receive its set point digitally by a 0-24 VDC control
signal, via the HART communications link.
December 2008
A third mode, Test, is also displayed. Normally the
instrument should not be in the Test mode. The Field
Communicator automatically switches to this mode
whenever it needs to stroke the valve during
calibration or stroke valve, for example. However, if
you abort from a procedure where the instrument is in
the Test mode, it may remain in this mode. To take
the instrument out of the Test mode, select Control
Mode then select either Analog or Digital.
D Restart Ctrl Mode
Restart Control Mode lets you choose which operating
mode you want the instrument to be in after a restart.
Access Restart Control mode by selecting Restart Ctrl
Mode from the Mode and Protection menu. Follow the
prompts on the Field Communicator display to define
the restart control mode as Resume Last, Analog, or
Digital.
D Burst Mode
Enabling burst mode provides continuous
communication from the digital valve controller. Burst
mode applies only to the transmission of burst mode
data (analog input, travel target, pressure, and travel)
and does not affect the way other data is accessed.
Access to information in the instrument is normally
obtained through the poll/response of HART
communication. The 375 Field Communicator or the
control system may request any of the information that
is normally available, even while the instrument is in
burst mode. Between each burst mode transmission
sent by the instrument, a short pause allows the Field
Communicator or control system to initiate a request.
The instrument receives the request, processes the
response message, and then continues “bursting” the
burst mode data.
Note
Do not use burst mode while using
the HART Loop Interface Monitor
(HIM) from Moore Industries with
DVC6000 SIS digital valve
controllers.
To enable burst mode, select Burst Mode, and Burst
Enable from the Mode and Protection menu.
D Burst Enable—Yes or no. Burst mode must
be enabled before you can change the burst mode
command.
D Burst Command—There are four burst mode
commands. Command 3 is recommended for use
4-5
4
DVC6000 SIS
with the Rosemount Model 333 HART Tri-Loop
HART-to-analog signal converter. The other three
are not used at this time.
D Cmd 3(Trending)Press—Command 3
provides the following variables:
Primary variable—analog input in % or ma,
Secondary variable—travel target in % of ranged
travel,
4
Tertiary variable—supply or output pressure in psig,
bar, kPa, or kg/cm2. Select Select Cmd 3 Press from
the Burst menu to select if the output A, output B,
differential (A−B), or supply pressure is sent.
Quaternary variable—travel in % of ranged travel.
Protection
D Protection
Table 4-2. Gain Values for Preselected Travel Tuning Sets
Tuning
Set
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
X
(Expert)
Velocity Gain
Minor Loop
Feedback Gain
2.0
4.4
4.8
5.5
6.2
7.2
8.4
9.7
11.3
13.1
15.5
18.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.1
3.6
4.2
4.8
5.6
6.0
6.0
6.0
35
35
35
35
35
34
31
27
23
18
12
12
User Adjusted
User Adjusted
User Adjusted
Proportional Gain
Response Control (1-2-2)
Select Configure/Setup, Detailed Setup, and
Response Control. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to configure the following
response control parameters: Tuning, Tvl/Press
Control (Travel/Pressure Control), Input Char (Input
Characteristic) Define Custom Char (Define Custom
Characteristic), and Dynamic Response.
Tuning
When the digital valve controller is in SIS mode, and
protection is on, the instrument cannot be taken Out of
Service. Protection must be turned off to change the
instrument mode.
To change an instrument’s protection, press the Hot
key on the Field Communicator and select Protection
or select Protection from the Detailed Setup menu.
Two levels of protection are available:
D None—Neither setup nor calibration is protected.
Allows changing calibration and setup parameters.
Travel Tuning (1-2-2-1-1)
WARNING
Changes to the tuning set may cause
the valve/actuator assembly to stroke.
To avoid personal injury and property
damage caused by moving parts,
keep hands, tools, and other objects
away from the valve/actuator
assembly.
D Tvl Tuning Set (1-2-2-1-1-1)
D Config & Calib—Both setup and calibration are
protected. Prohibits changing calibration and protected
setup parameters.
Table 4-3 lists configurable parameters in the
instrument and the requirements for modifying these
parameters, in terms of instrument mode and
protection.
To change an instrument’s protection, press the Hot
key on the Field Communicator and select Protection
or from the Online menu, select Configure/Setup,
Detailed Setup, Mode and Protection, and Protection.
Select the desired level of protection. Follow the
prompts on the Field Communicator display to set the
protection level.
4-6
Tvl Tuning Set— There are twelve tuning sets to
choose from. Each tuning set provides a
preselected value for the digital valve controller
gain settings. Tuning set B provides the slowest
response and M provides the fastest response.
Table 4-2 lists the proportional gain, velocity gain
and minor loop feedback gain values for
preselected tuning sets.
In addition, you can select User Adjusted or Expert,
which allows you to modify tuning of the digital
valve controller. With User Adjusted, you specify
the proportional gain; an algorithm in the Field
Communicator calculates the velocity gain and
minor loop feedback gain. With Expert you can
specify the proportional gain, velocity gain, and
minor loop feedback gain.
December 2008
Detailed Setup
based on the control action in which the output is
proportional to the time integral of the input.
Note
Use Expert tuning only if standard
tuning has not achieved the desired
results.
Stabilize/Optimize or Performance
Tuner may be used to achieve the
desired results more rapidly than
Expert tuning.
Table 4-4 provides tuning set selection guidelines
for Fisher actuators. These tuning sets are only
recommended starting points. After you finish
setting up and calibrating the instrument, you may
have to select either a higher or lower tuning set to
get the desired response. You can use the
Performance Tuner to optimize tuning.
For an actuator not listed in the tables, you can
estimate a starting tuning set by calculating the
casing or cylinder volume. Then, in the tables, find
an actuator with the closest equivalent volume and
use the tuning set suggested for that actuator.
Tvl Prop Gain—Travel Proportional Gain is the
proportional gain for the travel control tuning set.
Changing this parameter will also change the
tuning set to Expert.
Tvl Velocity Gain—Travel Velocity Gain is the
velocity gain for the travel control tuning set.
Changing this parameter will also change the
tuning set to Expert.
Tvl MLFB Gain—Travel MLFB Gain is the minor
loop feedback gain for the travel control tuning set.
Changing this parameter will also change the
tuning set to Expert.
D Tvl Integ Enable—Yes or No. Enable the
integral setting to improve static performance by
correcting for error that exists between the travel
target and actual travel. Travel Integral Control is
disabled by default.
D Tvl Integ Gain—Travel Integral Gain is the
ratio of the change in output to the change in input,
December 2008
D Stabilize/Optimize —Stabilize/Optimize
permits you to adjust valve response by changing
the digital valve controller tuning.
If the valve is unstable, select Decrease Response
to stabilize valve operation. This selects the next
lower tuning set (e.g., F to E). If the valve response
is sluggish, select Increase Response to make the
valve more responsive. This selects the next higher
tuning set (e.g., F to G).
If after selecting Decrease Response or Increase
Response the valve travel overshoot is excessive,
select Decrease Damping to select a damping
value that allows more overshoot. Select Increase
Damping to select a damping value that will
decrease the overshoot. When finished, select
done.
D Performance Tuner
The Performance Tuner is used to optimize digital
valve controller tuning. It can be used with digital valve
controllers mounted on most sliding-stem and rotary
actuators, including Fisher and other manufacturers’
products. Moreover, because the Performance Tuner
can detect internal instabilities before they become
apparent in the travel response, it can generally
optimize tuning more effectively than manual tuning.
Typically, the Performance Tuner takes 3 to 5 minutes
to tune an instrument, although tuning instruments
mounted on larger actuators may take longer.
Integral Settings (1-2-2-1-2)
D Integ DeadZ—Integral Dead Zone is a
window around the Primary Setpoint in which
integral action is disabled. This feature is used to
eliminate friction induced limit cycles around the
Primary Setpoint when the integrator is active. The
Dead Zone is configurable from 0% to 2%,
corresponding to a symmetric window from 0% to
+/−2% around the Primary Setpoint. Default value
is 0.25%.
D Integ Limit—The Integral Limit provides an
upper limit to the integrator output. The high limit is
configurable from 0 to 100% of the I/P drive signal.
4-7
4
DVC6000 SIS
Table 4-3. Conditions for Modifying FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Parameters
In Service
Parameters
Mode and
Protection
4
Response and
Control
Alerts
Out of Service
Protected
Unprotected
Protected
Unprotected
Instrument Mode
Control Mode(1)
Restart Cont. Mode(1)
Burst Mode Enable
Burst Command
Cmd #3 (Trending) Pressure
Protection
------n
n
n
n
n
----n
n
n
n
------n
n
n
n
n
----n
n
n
n
Travel Tuning Set
Travel Proportional Gain
Travel Velocity Gain
Travel MLFB Gain
Travel Integral Enable
Travel Integral Gain
Stabilize / Optimize
Performance Tuner
-----------------
n
n
n
n
n
n
-----
-----------------
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Integral Dead Zone
Integral Limit
-----
n
n
-----
n
n
Pressure Tuning Set
Pressure Proportional Gain
Pressure MLFB
Pressure Integral Enable
Pressure Integral Gain
-----------
-----------
Travel / Pressure Cutoff Hi
Travel / Pressure Cutoff Lo
-----
n
n
n
n
n
-----
-----
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
End Point Pressure Control Enable
Partial Stroke Start Point
Pressure Set Point
Pressure Saturation Time
---------
----n
n
---------
n
n
n
n
Input Characteristic
Define Custom Char.
-----
-----
-----
n
n
Set Point Rate Open
Set Point Rate Close
Lag Time
-------
------
------
Drive Current Shutdown
Drive Signal Alert
Drive Signal(1)
--n
---
--n
---
--n
---
n
n
n
n
n
---
Offline/Failed Alert Enable
Power Starvation Alert Enable
Non-Critical NVM Alert Enable
n
n
n
---------------
n
n
n
---------------
n
n
n
Critical NVM Shutdown
Flash ROM Shutdown
No Free Time Shutdown
Reference Voltage Shutdown
Temp Sensor Shutdown
Travel Sensor Shutdown
Press Sensor Shutdown
n
n
n
---------------
Aux Terminal Alert Enable
Aux Input(1)
Aux Terminal Mode
n
-----
n
--n
n
-----
n
--n
Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable
Supply Pressure(1)
Supply Press Lo Alert Point
n
--n
n
--n
n
--n
n
--n
Travel(1)
Travel Set Point(1)
Travel Alert Deadband
----n
----n
----n
----n
Travel Deviation Alert Enable
Travel Deviation Alert Point
Travel Deviation Time
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n—indicates parameter may be modified for instrument mode and protection shown.
1. Information only.
−Continued−
4-8
December 2008
Detailed Setup
Table 4-3. Conditions for Modifying FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Parameters (Continued)
In Service
Parameters
Alerts
Status
Instrument
Out of Service
Protected
Unprotected
Protected
Unprotected
Travel Alert Hi Hi Enable
Travel Alert Lo Lo Enable
Travel Alert Hi Hi Point
Travel Alert Lo Lo Point
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Travel Alert Hi Enable
Travel Alert Lo Enable
Travel Alert Hi Point
Travel Alert Lo Point
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Travel Limit / Cutoff Hi Alert Enable
Travel Limit / Cutoff Lo Alert Enable
Travel / Pressure Cutoff Hi
Travel / Pressure Cutoff Lo
n
n
-----
n
n
-----
n
n
-----
n
n
n
n
Cycle Count Alert Enable
Cycle Count
Cycle Count Alert Point
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Cycle Count / Tvl Accum Deadband
n
n
n
n
Travel Accumulator Alert Enable
Travel Accumulator
Travel Accumulator Alert Point
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Partial Stroke Pressure Limit
Pressure Deviation Alert Enable
Pressure Deviation Alert Point
Pressure Deviation Time
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Alert Record Not Empty Enable
Alert Record Full Enable
Display Record(1)
Clear Record
n
n
--n
n
n
--n
n
n
--n
n
n
--n
Failure Group Enable
Valve Group Enable
Misc Group Enable
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Instrument Time Invalid Enable
Instrument Time and Date
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Calibration in Progress Enable
Autocalibration in Progress Enable
Diagnostics in Progress Enable
Diagnostic Data Available Enable
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Pressure Control Active Enable
Multi-Drop Enable
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Integrator Saturated Hi Enable
Integrator Saturated Lo Enable
Integrator Limit
Integrator DeadZ
n
n
-----
n
n
n
n
n
n
-----
n
n
n
n
HART Tag
Message
Descriptor
Date
Valve Serial Number
Instrument Serial Number
Polling Address
n
n
n
n
-------
n
n
n
n
n
n
---
n
n
n
n
-------
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Pressure Units
Temperature Units
Analog Input Units
Analog Input Range High
Analog Input Range Low
--n
-------
--n
-------
--n
-------
n
n
n
n
n
4
n—indicates parameter may be modified for instrument mode and protection shown.
1. Information only.
−Continued−
December 2008
4-9
DVC6000 SIS
Table 4-3. Conditions for Modifying FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Parameters (Continued)
Parameters
Valve & Actuator
4
SIS / Partial
Stroke
In Service
Out of Service
Protected
Unprotected
Protected
Unprotected
Relay Type
Zero Power Condition
Max Supply Pressure
Aux Terminal Mode
Inst Date and Time
Last Calibration Status(1)
Calibration Location(1)
--------n
-----
--------n
-----
--------n
-----
Manufacturer(1)
Valve Serial Number
Valve Style
Actuator Style
Feedback Connection
Travel Sensor Motion
-------------
--n
---------
-------------
n
n
n
n
n
------n
n
n
n
n
Partial Stroke Test Enable
Partial Stroke Press Limit
Max Travel Movement
Test Speed
Test Pause Time
Auto Test Interval
DVC Power Up
---------------
----------n
---
---------------
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n—indicates parameter may be modified for instrument mode and protection shown.
1. Information only.
Pressure Tuning (1-2-2-1-3)
WARNING
Changes to the tuning set may cause
the valve/actuator assembly to stroke.
To avoid personal injury and property
damage caused by moving parts,
keep hands, tools, and other objects
away from the valve/actuator
assembly.
D Press Tuning Set (1-2-2-1-3-1)
Press Tuning Set—There are twelve Pressure
Tuning Sets to choose from. Each tuning set
provides a preselected value for the digital valve
controller gain settings. Tuning set B provides the
slowest response and M provides the fastest
response.
Tuning set B is appropriate for controlling a
pneumatic positioner. Table 4-6 lists the
4-10
proportional gain, pressure integrator gain and
minor loop feedback gain values for preselected
tuning sets.
In addition, you can specify Expert tuning and
individually set the pressure proportional gain,
pressure integrator gain, and pressure minor loop
feedback gain. Individually setting or changing any
tuning parameter will automatically change the
tuning set to X (expert).
Note
Use Expert tuning only if standard
tuning has not achieved the desired
results.
Stabilize/Optimize and performance
tuner may be used to achieve the
desired results more rapidly than
Expert tuning.
December 2008
Detailed Setup
Table 4-4. Actuator Information for Basic Setup
Actuator
Manufacturer
Actuator
Model
Actuator Size
Actuator Style
585C & 585CR
25
50, 60
60, 80
100, 130
Piston Dbl w/ or
w/o Spring. See
actuator instruction
manual and
nameplate.
657
667
Fisher
1051 & 1052
30
34, 40
45, 50
46, 60, 70, 76, &
80-100
30
34, 40
45, 50
46, 60, 70, 76, &
80-100
20, 30
33
40
60, 70
Spring &
Diaphragm
Spring &
Diaphragm
Spring &
Diaphragm
SStem-Standard
for travels up to
4 inches. SStemRoller for longer
travels
Counterclockwise
M
H
K
L
SStem-Standard
Counterclockwise
Clockwise
Rotary
Clockwise
Counterclockwise
M
H
I
K
M
Rotary
1066
20, 27, 75
Piston Dbl w/o
Spring
Specify
Rotary
1066SR
20
27, 75
G
L
Rotary
Relay A or C
Relay B
Clockwise
Counterclockwise
B
Counterclockwise
Clockwise
C
Counterclockwise
Clockwise
D
Clockwise
Counterclockwise
Press Prop Gain—Pressure Proportional Gain is
the proportional gain for the pressure control tuning
set. Changing this parameter will also change the
tuning set to Expert.
Press MLFB Gain—Pressure MLFB Gain is the
minor loop feedback gain for the pressure control
tuning set. Changing this parameter will also
change the tuning set to Expert.
D Press Integ Enable—Yes or No. Enable the
pressure integral setting to improve static
performance by correcting for error that exists
between the pressure target and actual pressure.
Pressure Integral Control is disabled by default.
Depends upon pneumatic connections.
See description for Travel Sensor
Motion
Clockwise
1061
Travel Sensor Motion
Relay B
SStem-Standard
J
K
L
M
Piston Sgl w/Spring
Travel Sensor Motion
Relay A or C
H
K
L
Piston Dbl w/o
Spring
A
December 2008
Feedback
Connection
30
40
60
68, 80, 100, 130
Table 4-5. Travel Sensor Motion Selections for the
FIELDVUE DVC6030 SIS on 1066SR Actuators
Mounting Style
Starting
Tuning
Set
F
J
L
M
Depends upon pneumatic connections.
See description for Travel Sensor
Motion
Depends upon pneumatic connections.
See description for Travel Sensor
Motion
Depends upon mounting style, see
actuator instruction manual and table
4-5
Table 4-6. Gain Values for Preselected Pressure Tuning Sets
Tuning
set
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
X
(Expert)
0.5
2.2
2.4
2.8
3.1
3.6
4.2
4.8
5.6
6.6
7.8
9.0
Pressure
Integrator
Gain
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Pressure
Minor Loop
Feedback Gain
35
35
35
35
35
34
31
27
23
18
12
12
User Adjusted
User Adjusted
User Adjusted
Pressure
Proportional Gain
D Press Integ Gain—Pressure Integral Gain
(also called reset) is the gain factor applied to the
time integral of the error signal between desired
and actual pressure. Changing this parameter will
also change the tuning set to Expert.
4-11
4
DVC6000 SIS
Tvl/Press Control (1-2-2-2)
Tvl/Press Cutoffs (1-2-2-2-1)
D Tvl/Press Cut Hi—Travel Cutoff High defines
the high cutoff point for the travel in percent (%) of
ranged input current.
D Tvl/Press Cut Lo—Travel Cutoff Low defines
the low cutoff point for the travel set point.
4
Travel cutoffs are adjustable when the DVC6000
SIS is operating with a 4-20 mA current input. The
Setup Wizard automatically sets travel cutoffs at
50%, making the DVC6000 SIS work like an on-off
device. At current levels from 4.0 to 11.99 mA, the
DVC6000 SIS will provide minimum output
pressure, and at 12 to 20 mA, the DVC6000 SIS
will provide full output pressure.
You can customize valve response to the control
signal by changing the travel cutoffs. For example,
it is possible to have the valve throttle between 10
and 90% travel, but work as an on-off valve
between 0% to 10% and 90% to 100% travel. The
user now has a standard throttling control valve
between 10% and 90% travel. Outside of this
range, the valve will move to its travel extreme (0%
or 100%).
WARNING
Using the auxiliary terminal (push
button) for partial stroke testing while
the DVC6000 SIS digital valve
controller is in point-to-point mode
may cause changes in output
pressure and travel, resulting in
process instability. Depending on the
application, these changes may upset
the process, which may result in
personal injury or property damage.
If the auxiliary terminal button is
pressed for more than 3 seconds, but
less than 5 seconds, the digital valve
controller will drive the valve from its
existing travel position to 100% travel
condition for a fail close valve (or 0%
travel for a fail open valve) and
perform the partial stroke test. Once
the partial stroke test is completed,
the digital valve controller will bring
the valve back to its original travel,
corresponding to the control set
point.
Note
Note
If you run the Setup Wizard after
adjusting the Travel Cutoffs, they will
revert back to the default values. You
will need to reset the Travel Cutoffs to
the desired settings.
Note
The partial stroke test cannot be
conducted by the Field Communicator
or AMS ValveLink Software while the
digital valve controller is in its normal
travel control mode (with adjustable
cutoffs set to a different value than the
default).
4-12
In a typical 0-24 VDC de-energizeto-trip operating system, a digital valve
controller with the single-acting direct
relay will provide full output pressure
to port A when 24 VDC is applied, and
minimum (near 0) output pressure to
port A when 0 VDC is applied. With the
single-acting direct relay, there would
be no output pressure from port B.
Other configurations of the relay are
available (see table 3-2). An example of
this flexibility is the use of a
single-acting reverse relay that will
supply full pressure output at 0 VDC
input. This configuration can be useful
to provide the benefits of Partial Valve
Stroke Diagnostics but minimize the
spurious trip rate (the power to the
digital valve controller can be lost
without tripping the valve), but would
only be recommended when a
solenoid is provided to take the valve
to the safe position
December 2008
Detailed Setup
Table 4-7. Guidelines for Manually Setting Pressure Set Point
Actuator Type
Relay Type
Zero Power Condition
Closed
A or C
Open
Single-Acting
Closed
B
Open
Closed
Double-Acting
A
Open
End Pt Press Control (1-2-2-2-2)
D End Pt Control Enab— Yes or No. End Point
Pressure Control allows the digital valve controller
to pull back from saturation of the pneumatic output
after reaching the travel extreme. Rather than
having the instrument provide full supply pressure
(saturation) continuously at the travel extreme, the
digital valve controller switches to an End Point
Pressure Control where the output pressure
(pressure controller set point) to the actuator is
controlled at a certain value. This value is
configured through Pressure Set Point. Because
the digital valve controller is constantly in control
and not allowed to reach a dormant or saturated
state, it is constantly testing its own pneumatic
system. If there is an output pressure deviation, for
example, the instrument will issue an alert. To
assure there is an alert when an output pressure
deviation occurs, set up the alert as described
under Pressure Deviation Alert.
D PST Start Pt—Defines the travel stop the
valve needs to be at before a partial stroke test can
be initiated. Also defines the travel stop for end
point pressure control. Setting this value to Not
Configured will disable partial stroke tests and end
point pressure control.
D Press Set Point— As part of End Point
Pressure Control, Pressure Set Point is the target
pressure the positioner controls to when the valve
is at the travel stop defined by PST Start Point.
Default values for Pressure Set Point are
summarized in table 4-7. When controlling
pressure in the open position, Pressure Set Point
must be set at a value that ensures the valve will
remain open. When controlling pressure in the
closed position, Pressure Set Point must be set at
a value that ensures the valve will remain closed
and has enough force to maintain its rated shutoff
classification. For double-acting spring return
December 2008
Partial Stroke Start Point
Pressure Set Point
Open
Psupply − 2 psig
Closed
2 psig
Open
2 psig
Closed
Psupply − 2 psig
Open
2 psig
Closed
Psupply − 2 psig
Open
Psupply − 2 psig
Closed
2 psig
Open
Psupply − 5 psig
Closed
5 psig − Psupply
Open
5 psig − Psupply
Closed
Psupply − 5 psig
actuators, this is the differential pressure required
to either maintain the fully open or fully closed
position, depending on the valve and actuator
configuration. For a double-acting actuator without
springs with a fail-close valve, this is 95% of the
supply pressure. If the valve is fail-open, the upper
operating pressure for all actuator is set to the
supply pressure.
Note
End Point Pressure Control will be set
automatically during the Setup Wizard,
or during the Auto Calibration Travel
procedure.
Refer to table 4-7 for guidelines for manually
setting Pressure Set Point.
D Press Sat Time—Pressure Saturation Time is
the amount of time the digital valve controller stays
in hard cutoff before switching to pressure control.
Default is 45 seconds.
Input Char (1-2-2-3)
Input Characterization defines the relationship
between the travel target and ranged set point.
Ranged set point is the input to the characterization
function. If the zero power condition equals closed,
then a set point of 0% corresponds to a ranged input
of 0%. If the zero power condition equals open, a set
point of 0% corresponds to a ranged input of 100%.
Travel target is the output from the characterization
function.
To select an input characterization, select Select Input
Char from the Input Char menu. You can select from
the three fixed input characteristics shown in figure 4-1
or you can select a custom characteristic. Figure 4-1
4-13
4
DVC6000 SIS
125
shows the relationship between the travel target and
ranged set point for the fixed input characteristics,
assuming the Zero Power Condition is configured as
closed.
100
Travel Target, %
You can specify 21 points on a custom characteristic
curve. Each point defines a travel target, in % of
ranged travel, for a corresponding set point, in % of
ranged set point. Set point values range from −6.25%
to 106.25%. Before modification, the custom
characteristic is linear.
Define Custom Char (1-2-2-4)
0
−25
−25
0
Ranged Set Point, %
100
125
Input Characteristic = Linear
125
With input characterization you can modify the overall
characteristic of the valve and instrument combination.
Selecting an equal percentage, quick opening, or
custom (other than the default of linear) input
characteristic modifies the overall valve and
instrument characteristic. However, if you select the
linear input characteristic, the overall valve and
instrument characteristic is the characteristic of the
valve, which is determined by the valve trim (i.e., the
plug or cage).
Travel Target, %
100
Dynamic Response (1-2-2-5)
0
−25
−25
0
Ranged Set Point, %
100
125
Input Characteristic = Equal Percentage
125
D SP Rate Open—Maximum rate (% of valve travel
per second) at which the digital valve controller will
move to the open position regardless of the rate of
input current change. A value of 0 will deactivate this
feature and allow the valve to stroke open as fast as
possible.
D SP Rate Close—Maximum rate (% of valve travel
per second) at which the digital valve controller will
move to the close position regardless of the rate of
input current change. A value of 0 will deactivate this
feature and allow the valve to stroke close as fast as
possible.
100
Travel Target, %
4
To define a custom input characteristic, from the Input
Char menu select Define Custom Char. Select the
point you wish to define (1 to 21), then enter the
desired set point value. Press Enter then enter the
desired travel target for the corresponding set point.
When finished, select point 0 to return to the Input
Char menu.
D Lag Time—Slows the response of the digital
valve controller. A value ranging from 0.2 to 10.0 can
be used for noisy or fast processes to improve closed
loop process control. Entering a value of 0.0 will
deactivate the lag filter.
0
−25
−25
A6535-1/IL
0
Ranged Set Point, %
100
125
Input Characteristic = Quick Opening
Figure 4-1. Travel Target Versus Ranged Set Point, for Various
Input Characteristics (Zero Power Condition = Closed)
4-14
Alerts (1-2-3)
The following menus are available for configuring
alerts and shutdowns. Items on the menus may be
changed with the instrument In Service. Protection
does not need to be removed (no need to set to
December 2008
Detailed Setup
None). Alerts are not processed when a diagnostic is
in progress. Select Configure / Setup, Detailed Setup,
and Alerts. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to configure the following
Alerts: Electronic Alerts, Sensor Alerts, Environment
Alerts, Travel Alerts, Travel History Alerts, SIS Alerts,
and Alert Record.
Note
The Alerts section covers alerts and
shutdowns. An alert, if enabled, can
provide information on operational
and performance issues. A shutdown,
if enabled, will typically shut the
instrument down if there is a failure
associated with the enabled shutdown.
D Electronics Alerts (1-2-3-1)
D Drive Current Shutdown— Drive Current
Shutdown describes the status of I/P current;
should the current fail, the digital valve controller
will drive the output to its safe condition. Drive
Current Shutdown is part of “Self Test shutdown”.
Default is not enabled.
Drive Signal Alert (1-2-3-1-2)
Drive Signal Alert checks the drive signal and
calibrated travel. If one of the following conditions
exists for more than 20 seconds, the Drive Signal
Alert is set.
For the case where Zero Power Condition is
defined as closed:
Drive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel > 3%
Drive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel < 97%
For the case where Zero Power Condition is
defined as open:
Drive Signal < 10% and Calibrated Travel < 97%
Drive Signal > 90% and Calibrated Travel > 3%
D Drive Signal Alert Enable—Yes or No. Drive
Signal Alert Enable activates checking of the
relationship between the Drive Signal and the
calibrated travel.
December 2008
D Drive Signal—Shows the value of the
instrument drive signal in % (percent) of maximum
drive.
Processor Impaired Alerts (1-2-3-1-3)
D Offline/Failed Alrt Enab—If enabled, set when
the device is in a failed state and not controlling the
input.
D Power Starvation Alrt Enab—When enabled,
an alert is generated whenever power starvation is
detected. Default is not enabled.
D Non-Critical NVM Alrt Enab—When enabled,
an alert is generated whenever there is a failure
associated with non-critical NVM (non-volatile
memory). Default is not enabled.
D Critical NVM Shutdown—When enabled, the
instrument shuts down whenever there is a failure
associated with critical NVM (non-volatile memory).
Default is not enabled.
D Flash ROM Shutdown—When enabled, the
instrument shuts down whenever there is a failure
associated with flash ROM (read only memory).
Default is not enabled.
D No Free Time Shutdown—When enabled, the
instrument shuts down whenever there is a failure
associated with No Free Time. Default is not
enabled.
D Reference Voltage Shutdown—When
enabled, the instrument shuts down whenever
there is a failure associated with the internal
voltage reference. Default is not enabled.
D Sensor Alerts (1-2-3-2)
D Tvl Sensor Shutdown
When enabled, the instrument shuts down
whenever there is a failure associated with the
travel sensor. Default is not enabled.
D Temp Sensor Shutdown
When enabled, the instrument shuts down
whenever there is a failure associated with the
temperature sensor. Default is not enabled.
D Press Sensor Shutdown
When enabled, the instrument shuts down
whenever there is a failure associated with the
pressure sensor. Default is not enabled.
4-15
4
DVC6000 SIS
D Environment Alerts
D Tvl Set Pt—Travel Set Point is the input to the
characterization function.
Aux Terminal Alrt (1-2-3-3-1)
D Aux Terminal Alrt Enab—Yes or No. When
enabled, the aux terminal acts as an alert
activation.
4
D Aux Input—The auxiliary input of the digital
valve controller can be configured to be used in
different ways. The default configuration allows a
pre-configured partial stroke test to be initiated by
shorting the aux terminals together, such as with
the use of an appropriately connected local
pushbutton switch. It can also be configured to
enable an alert that will be generated when a
switch connected to the Aux terminals is either
“open” or “closed”. The third configuration option is
for the Aux terminals to be used with the LCP100.
In this configuration, the partial stroke test is
initiated using the LCP100, and the Aux Input alert
is not available.
D Aux Term Mode—Aux terminal mode can be
Disabled, Alert on Open or Close Contact, SIS
Local Control Panel or Push Button Partial Stroke
Test. If the LCP100 is not selected, the default is
Partial Stroke Test. If the LCP100 is selected
during Setup Wizard or enabled in Detailed Setup
as Aux Terminal Mode − SIS Local Control Panel,
the following parameters will be automatically set
under Travel Alerts:
Hi Hi / Lo Lo Enable − YES
Lo Lo Point (%) − 1
Hi Hi Point (%) − 99
DVC Power Up − Manual Reset
Supply Press Lo Alert (1-2-3-3-2)
D Supply Press Lo Alrt Enab—When enabled,
the instrument shuts down whenever there is a
failure associated with the supply pressure.
D Supply Press—Supply Pressure displays the
instrument supply pressure in psi, bar, kPa, or
kg/cm2.
D Supply Press Lo Alrt Pt—Supply Pressure Lo
Alert Point. When the supply pressure falls below
the supply pressure alert point, the supply pressure
alert is active. To disable the supply pressure alert,
set Supply Press Alrt Pt to zero.
D Tvl Alrt DB—Travel Alert Deadband is the
travel, in percent (%) of ranged travel, required to
clear a travel alert, once it has been set. The
deadband applies to both Travel Alert Hi/Lo and
Travel Alert Hi Hi/Lo Lo. See figure 4-2.
Travel Deviation Alert (1-2-3-4-4)
If the difference between the travel target and the
actual target exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert
Point for more than the Travel Deviation Time, the
Travel Deviation Alert is set. It remains set until the
difference between the travel target and the actual
travel is less than the Travel Deviation Alert Point
minus the Travel Alert Deadband.
D Tvl Dev Alrt Enab—Travel Deviation Alert
Enable, select Yes or No. When enabled, checks
the difference between the travel target and the
actual travel.
D Tvl Dev Alrt Pt—Travel Deviation Alert Point
is the alert point for the difference, expressed in
percent (%), between the travel target and the
actual travel. When the difference exceeds the
alert point for more than the Travel Deviation Time,
the Travel Deviation Alert is set. Default value is
5%.
D Tvl Dev Time—Travel Deviation Time is the
time, in seconds, that the travel deviation must
exceed the Travel Deviation Alert Point before the
alert is set. Default value is 10 seconds.
Travel Limit Alerts (1-2-3-4-5)
Travel Alert Hi Hi is set if the ranged travel rises
above the alert high point. Once the alert is set, the
ranged travel must fall below the alert high high
point by the Travel Alert Deadband before the alert
is cleared. See figure 4-2.
Travel Alert Lo Lo is set if the ranged travel falls
below the alert low low point. Once the alert is set,
the ranged travel must rise above the alert low low
point by the Travel Alert Deadband before the alert
is cleared.
D Tvl Alrt Hi Hi Enab—Yes or No. Travel Alert
Hi Hi Enable activates checking of the ranged
travel against the Travel Alert High-High points.
D Travel Alerts (1-2-3-4)
D Tvl Alrt Lo Lo Enab—Yes or No. Travel Alert
Lo Lo Enable activates checking of the ranged
travel against the Travel Alert Low-Low points.
D Travel—Travel displays the actual position of
the valve in percent (%) of calibrated travel.
D Tvl Alrt Hi Hi Pt—Travel Alert High-High Point
is the value of the travel, in percent (%) of ranged
4-16
December 2008
Detailed Setup
Deadband exceeded, and direction
changed, new Reference Point
established
ALERT IS SET
TRAVEL ALERT
HIGH POINT
TRAVEL ALERT
DEADBAND
ALERT IS CLEARED
A6532/IL
Figure 4-2. Travel Alert Deadband
Deadband Reference
Point
travel, which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Alert
Hi Hi alert. When used with the LCP100 local
control panel this value is defaulted to 99% (< 99%
travel, flashing light, > 99% travel, solid lights).
A6533-1/IL
Point at which
cycle is counted.
4
Deadband (+/− 5%)
Figure 4-3. Cycle Counter Deadband (set at 10%)
Travel Limit / Cutoff Alerts (1-2-3-4-7)
D Tvl Alrt Lo Lo Pt—Travel Alert Low-Low Point
is the value of the travel, in percent (%) of ranged
travel, which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Alert
Lo Lo alert. When used with the LCP100 local
control panel the value is set to 1%.
Travel Limit Hi/Lo Alerts (1-2-3-4-6)
Travel Alert Hi is set if the ranged travel rises
above the alert high point. Once the alert is set, the
ranged travel must fall below the alert high point by
the Travel Alert Deadband before the alert is
cleared. See figure 4-2.
Travel Alert Lo is set if the ranged travel falls below
the alert low point. Once the alert is set, the ranged
travel must rise above the alert low point by the
Travel Alert Deadband before the alert is cleared.
D Tvl Alrt Hi Enab—Yes or No. Travel Alert Hi
Enable activates checking of the ranged travel
against the Travel Alert High Point.
D Tvl Alrt Lo Enab—Yes or No. Travel Alert Lo
Enable activates checking of the ranged travel
against the Travel Alert Lo Point.
D Tvl Alrt Hi Point—Travel Alert High Point is
the value of the travel, in percent (%) of ranged
travel, which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Alert
High alert.
D Tvl Alrt Lo Point—Travel Alert Low Point is
the value of the travel, in percent (%) of ranged
travel, which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Alert
Low alert.
December 2008
D Tvl Limit/Cutoff Hi Alrt Enab—Yes or No.
Travel Limit /Cutoff Hi Alert Enable activates the
Travel Limit /Cutoff Hi alert.
D Tvl Limit/Cutoff Lo Alrt Enab—Yes or No.
Travel Limit /Cutoff Lo Alert Enable activates the
Travel Limit/Cutoff Lo alert.
D Tvl/Press Cut Hi—Travel Cutoff Hi defines the
high cutoff point for the travel in percent (%) of
pre-characterized set point.
Pressure Cutoff Hi defines the high cutoff point for
the travel in percent (%) of pre-characterized set
point.
D Tvl/Press Cut Lo—Travel Cutoff Lo defines
the low cutoff point for the travel in percent (%)of
pre-characterized set point.
Pressure Cutoff Lo defines the low cutoff point for
the travel in percent (%) of pre-characterized set
point.
D Travel History Alerts
Cycle Count (1-2-3-5-1)
D Cycle Count Alrt Enab—Yes or No. Cycle
Counter Alert Enable activates checking of the
difference between the Cycle Counter and the
Cycle Counter Alert point. The Cycle Counter Alert
is set when the value exceeds the Cycle Counter
Alert point. It is cleared after you reset the Cycle
Counter to a value less than the alert point.
D Cycle Count—Cycle Counter records the
number of times the travel changes direction. The
change in direction must occur after the deadband
has been exceeded before it can be counted as a
4-17
DVC6000 SIS
Deadband exceeded,
new Reference Point
established
the magnitude of the change exceeds the Travel
Accumulator Deadband. See figure 4-4. You can
reset the Travel Accumulator by configuring it to
zero.
D Tvl Accum Alrt Pt—Travel Accumulator Alert
Point is the value of the Travel Accumulator, in
percent (%) of ranged travel, which, when
exceeded, sets the Travel Accumulator Alert.
D SIS Alerts (1-2-3-6)
Deadband Reference
Point
4
This amount of change is
added to the Travel
Accumulator.
Deadband (+/− 5%)
A6534/IL
Figure 4-4. Travel Accumulator Deadband (set at 10%)
cycle. See figure 4-3. You can reset the Cycle
Counter by configuring it as zero.
D Cycle Count Alrt Pt—Cycle Counter Alert
Point is the value of the Cycle Counter, in cycles,
which, when exceeded, sets the Cycle Counter
Alert.
Cycle Count/Tvl Accum Deadband (1-2-3-5-2)
D Deadband
Cycle Counter Deadband is the area around the
travel reference point, in percent (%) of ranged
travel, that was established at the last increment of
the Cycle Counter. This area must be exceeded
before a change in travel direction can be counted
as a cycle. See figure 4-3.
Travel Accumulator Deadband is the area around
the travel reference point, in percent (%) of ranged
travel, that was established at the last increment of
the accumulator. This area must be exceeded
before a change in travel can be accumulated. See
figure 4-4.
Tvl Accum (1-2-3-5-3)
D Tvl Accum Alrt Enab—Yes or No. Travel
Accumulation Alert Enable activates checking of
the difference between the Travel Accumulator
value and the Travel Accumulator Alert Point. The
Travel Accumulation Alert is set when the Travel
Accumulator value exceeds the Travel Accumulator
Alert Point. It is cleared after you reset the Travel
Accumulation to a value less than the alert point.
D Tvl Accum—Travel Accumulator records the
total change in travel, in percent (%) of ranged
travel, since the accumulator was last cleared. The
value of the Travel Accumulator increments when
4-18
D PST Press Limit—Partial Stroke Pressure
Limit defines the output pressure that will cause the
partial stroke test to stop. For actuators that vent
from the test starting point, the pressure limit will
be a minimum value. For actuators that fill from the
test starting point, the pressure will be a maximum
value.
D Press Dev Alrt Enab—Pressure Deviation
Alert Enable, select Yes or No. This alert notifies a
monitoring system when a deviation in the actuator
pressure has occurred. This is used when the
instrument is controlling via pressure (Pressure
Control Mode is enabled) to the actuator (rather
than valve position) to prevent saturation of the
pneumatic output. When enabled, this alert checks
the difference between the target pressure and the
actual pressure. If the difference exceeds the
Pressure Deviation Alert Point for more than the
pressure deviation time, the Pressure Deviation
Alert is set. It remains set until the difference
between the target pressure and the actual
pressure is less than the Pressure Deviation Alert
Point. The pressure deviation alert point and
deviation alert time are configurable and can be
disabled altogether.
D Press Dev Alrt Pt—Pressure Deviation Alert
Point is the alert point for the difference between
the pressure target and the actual pressure. When
the difference exceeds the alert point for more than
the Pressure Deviation Time, the Pressure
Deviation Alert is set. After completion of the Setup
Wizard or Auto Travel calibration a default value of
2 psi is set. This will generate an alert when the
actuator pressure is not within $2 psi of the target
pressure.
D Press Dev Time—Pressure Deviation Time is
the time, in seconds, that the pressure deviation
must exceed the Pressure Deviation Alert Point
before the alert is set. The Pressure Deviation
Time is set to 30 seconds by default.
D Alert Record (1-2-3-7)
To be recorded, an alert must both be enabled for
reporting, and the group in which it resides must be
December 2008
Detailed Setup
enabled for recording. Table 4-8 lists the alerts
included in each of the groups. When any alert from
an enabled group becomes active, active alerts in all
enabled groups are stored.
D Alrt Record Not Empty Enab—Yes or No.
When enabled indicates when an alert has been
recorded.
Table 4-8. Alerts Included in Alert Groups for Alert Record
Alert Group
Valve Alerts
D Alrt Record Full Enab—Yes or No. When
enabled indicates when the Alert Event Record is
full.
Failure Alerts
D Display Record—Displays all recorded alerts
and the date and time the alerts were recorded.
Miscellaneous Alerts
Alerts Include in Group
Travel Lo Alert
Travel Hi Alert
Travel Lo Lo Alert
Travel Hi Hi Alert
Travel Deviation Alert
Drive Signal Alert
Flash ROM Fail
No Free Time
Reference Voltage Fail
Drive Current Fail
Critical NVM Fail
Temperature Sensor Fail
Pressure Sensor Fail
Travel Sensor Fail
Auxiliary input
4
D Clear Record—Clears the alert record. To
clear the alert record, all alerts in enabled groups
must be inactive.
D Calibrations & Diagnostics (1-2-4-2)
Alert Groups (1-2-3-7-5)
D AutoCal in Progress Enab—Yes or No. When
enabled indicates that auto calibration is in
progress.
D Failure Group Enab—Permits enabling the
Failure Alert group. Table 4-8 lists the alerts
included in each of the groups.
D Valve Group Enab—Permits enabling the
Valve Alert group. Table 4-8 lists the alerts
included in each of the groups.
D Misc Group Enab—Permits enabling the
Miscellaneous Alert group. Table 4-8 lists the alerts
included in each of the groups.
Status (1-2-4)
Select Configure / Setup, Detailed Setup, and Status.
Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display
to configure the following parameters: Instrument
Time, Calibration and Diagnostics, Operational, and
Integrator.
D Cal in Progress Enab—Yes or No. When
enabled indicates that calibration is in progress.
D Diag in Progress Enab—Yes or No. When
enabled indicates that a diagnostic test is in
progress.
D Diag Data Avail Enab—Yes or No. When
enabled indicates when there is diagnostic data
available.
D Operational (1-2-4-3)
D Press Ctrl Active Enab—Yes or No. When
enabled indicates when Pressure Control is active.
D Multi-Drop Enab—Yes or No. When enabled
indicates the digital valve controller is operating in a
multi-drop loop.
D Integrator (1-2-4-4)
D Instrument Time (1-2-4-1)
D Integrator Sat Hi Enab—Yes or No. When
enabled indicates when the Integrator Saturated
High alert is active.
D Inst Time Invalid Enab—Yes or No. When
enabled indicates when the Instrument Time Invalid
alert is active.
D Integrator Sat Lo Enab—Yes or No. When
enabled indicates when the Integrator Saturated Lo
alert is active.
D Inst Date and Time—Permits setting the
instrument clock. When alerts are stored in the
alert record, the date and time (obtained from the
instrument clock) that they were stored is also
stored in the record. The instrument clock uses a
24-hour format.
December 2008
D Integ Limit—The Integral Limit provides an
upper limit to the integrator output. The high limit is
configurable from 0 to 100% of the I/P drive signal.
D Integ DeadZ—Integral Dead Zone is a window
around the Primary Setpoint in which integral
action is disabled. This feature is used to eliminate
4-19
DVC6000 SIS
Instrument (1-2-5)
4
Select Configure / Setup, Detailed Setup, and
Instrument. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to configure the following
Instrument parameters: General, Units, Analog Input
Range, Relay Type, Zero Pwr Condition (Zero Power
Condition), Max Supply Press (Maximum Supply
Pressure), Aux Term Mode (Auxiliary Terminal Mode)
Inst Date and Time (Instrument Date and Time), and
Calib Status and Loc (Calibration Status and
Location).
D General (1-2-5-1)
TRAVEL
RANGE
HIGH
ZPC = OPEN
ZPC = CLOSED
CALIBRATED TRAVEL, %
friction induced limit cycles around the Primary
Setpoint when the integrator is active. The Dead
Zone is configurable from 0% to 2%, corresponding
to a symmetric window from 0% to +/−2% around
the Primary Setpoint. Default value is 0.25%.
THE SHAPE OF
THESE LINES DEPENDS ON
THE INPUT CHARACTERISTICS
LINEAR CHARACTERISTIC SHOWN
TRAVEL
RANGE
LOW
INPUT RANGE
LOW
ANALOG INPUT
mA OR % OF 4-20 mA
INPUT RANGE
HIGH
NOTE:
ZPC = ZERO POWER CONDITION
A6531-1 / IL
D HART Tag—Enter an up to 8 character HART
tag for the instrument. The HART tag is the easiest
way to distinguish between instruments in a
multi-instrument environment. Use the HART tag to
label instruments electronically according to the
requirements of your application. The tag you
assign is automatically displayed when the Field
Communicator establishes contact with the digital
valve controller at power-up.
D Message—Enter any message with up to 32
characters. Message provides the most specific
user-defined means for identifying individual
instruments in multi-instrument environments.
Figure 4-5. Calibrated Travel to Analog Input Relationship
in the same loop, such as for split ranging, each
device must be assigned a unique polling address.
The Polling Address is set to a value between 0
and 15. To change the polling address the
instrument must be Out Of Service.
For the Field Communicator to be able to
communicate with a device whose polling address
is not 0, it must be configured to automatically
search for all or specific connected devices. For
information on configuring the Field Communicator
for automatic polling, see the 375 Field
Communicator Basics section.
D Descriptor—Enter a descriptor for the
application with up to 16 characters. The descriptor
provides a longer user-defined electronic label to
assist with more specific instrument identification
than is available with the HART tag.
D Units (1-2-5-2)
D Date—Enter a date with the format
MM/DD/YY. Date is a user-defined variable that
provides a place to save the date of the last
revision of configuration or calibration information.
D Temp Units—Degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius.
The temperature measured is from a sensor
mounted on the digital valve controller’s printed
wiring board.
D Valve Serial Num—Enter the serial number
for the valve in the application with up to 12
characters.
D Analog In Units—Permits defining the Analog
Input Units in mA or percent of 4-20 mA range.
Only for instruments in a 4-20 or 0-20 mA
installation (point-to-point operation).
D Pressure Units—Defines the output and
supply pressure units in either psi, bar, kPa, or
kg/cm2.
D Inst Serial Num—Enter the serial number on
the instrument nameplate, up to 12 characters.
D Analog Input Range (1-2-5-3)
D Polling Address—If the digital valve controller
is used in point-to-point operation, the Polling
Address is 0. When several devices are connected
D Input Range Hi—Permits setting the Input
Range High value. Input Range High should
correspond to Travel Range High, if the Zero
4-20
December 2008
Detailed Setup
A
LOSS OF
PNEUMATIC SUPPLY
RELAY TYPE
LOSS OF POWER
Single-Acting Direct (Relay C)
Instrument goes to zero air output at port A.
Failure direction per
actuator fail mode.
Double-Acting (Relay A)
Instrument goes to full supply
air output at port B. A goes to
zero air output.
Failure direction cannot
be determined.
Single-Acting Reverse (Relay B)
Instrument goes to full supply
air output at port B.
Failure direction per
actuator fail mode.
B
4
Figure 4-6. Zero Power Condition
Power Condition is configured as closed. If the
Zero Power Condition is configured as open, Input
Range High corresponds to Travel Range Low.
See figure 4-5.
D Input Range Lo—Permits setting the Input
Range Low value. Input Range Low should
correspond to Travel Range Low, if the Zero Power
Condition is configured as closed. If the Zero
Power Condition is configured as open, Input
Range Low corresponds to Travel Range High.
See figure 4-5.
D Relay Type
There are three basic categories of relays that result in
various combinations from which to select.
Relay Type: The relay type is printed on the label
affixed to the relay body.
A = double-acting or single-acting
B = single-acting, reverse
C= single-acting, direct
Special App: This is used only in single-acting
applications where the “unused” output port is
configured to read the pressure downstream of a
solenoid valve. See page 2-18 for additional
information.
Lo Bleed: The label affixed to the relay body
indicates it is a low bleed version (default for SIS tier).
D Zero Pwr Cond
The position of the valve (open or closed) when the
electrical power to the instrument is removed. Zero
Power Condition (ZPC) is determined by relay and
actuator action, as shown in figure 4-6.
D Max Supply Press
Enter the maximum supply pressure in psi, bar, kPa,
or kg/cm2, depending on what was selected for
pressure units.
December 2008
D Aux Term Mode
The auxiliary terminal mode selections are Disabled,
Alert on Open or Close Contact, SIS Local Control
Panel or Push Button Partial Stroke Test. If the
LCP100 is not selected, the default is Partial Stroke
Test. If the LCP100 is selected during Setup Wizard or
enabled in Detailed Setup as Aux Terminal Mode −
SIS Local Control Panel, the following parameters will
be automatically set under Travel Alerts:
Hi Hi / Lo Lo Enable − YES
Lo Lo Point (%) − 1
Hi Hi Point (%) − 99
DVC Power Up − Manual Reset
D Inst Date and Time
Date is a user-defined variable that provides a place to
save the date of the last revision of configuration or
calibration information.
D Calib Status and Loc (1-2-5-9)
D Last Calib Status—Indicates the status of the
last instrument calibration.
D Calib Loc—Indicates the location of the last
instrument calibration.
Valve & Actuator (1-2-6)
Select Configure / Setup, Detailed Setup, and Valve &
Actuator. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to configure the following
instrument parameters: Manufacturer, Valve Serial
Num (Valve Serial Number), Valve Style, Actuator
Style, Feedback Conn (Feedback Connection), and
Tvl Sensor Motion (Travel Sensor Motion).
D Manufacturer
Enter the manufacturer of the actuator on which the
instrument is mounted. If the actuator manufacturer is
not listed, select Other.
4-21
DVC6000 SIS
ACTUATOR
STEM
TRAVEL SENSOR SHAFT
ROLLER
FEEDBACK ARM
STEM
CONNECTOR
CAM
ADJUSTMENT ARM
4
29B1665-A / DOC
CONNECTOR ARM
Figure 4-8. Feedback Connection for Typical Long-Stroke
Sliding-Stem Actuator (4 to 24 Inches Travel)
Figure 4-7. Feedback Connection for Typical Sliding-Stem
Actuator (Up to 4 inch Travel)
D Valve Serial Num
Enter the serial number for the valve in the application
with up to 12 characters.
D Valve Style
Enter the valve style, rotary or sliding-stem.
For instruments with Relay A and C: If increasing
air pressure at output A causes the shaft to turn
clockwise, enter Clockwise. If it causes the shaft to
turn counterclockwise, enter Counterclockwise.
For instruments with Relay B: If increasing air
pressure at output B causes the shaft to turn
counterclockwise, enter Clockwise. If it causes the
shaft to turn clockwise, enter Counterclockwise.
D Actuator Style
Enter the actuator style, spring and diaphragm, piston
double-acting without spring, piston single-acting with
spring, or piston double-acting with spring.
D Feedback Conn
Select Rotary All, SStem - Roller or SStem - Standard.
For rotary valves, enter Rotary - All, SStem - Roller.
For sliding-stem valves, if the feedback linkage
consists of a connector arm, adjustment arm, and
feedback arm (similar to figure 4-7), enter SStem Standard. If the feedback linkage consists of a roller
that follows a cam (similar to figure 4-8), enter Rotary
All, SStem - Roller.
D Tvl Sensor Motion
Select Clockwise, or Counterclockwise. Travel Sensor
Motion establishes the proper travel sensor rotation.
Determine the rotation by viewing the end of the travel
sensor shaft from the perspective of the actuator.
4-22
SIS/Partial Stroke (1-2-7)
D PST Enable
Yes or No. Enables or disables the Partial Stroke Test.
D PST Vars View/Edit
Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display
to enter or view information for following PST
Variables: Max Travel Movement (Maximum Travel
Movement), Stroke Speed, Pause Time, PST Press
Limit (Partial Stroke Pressure Limit), PST Mode
Enable (Partial Stroke Enable), Pressure Set Point
(Pressure Set Point), and End Pt Contrl Enab (End
Point Control Enable). For more information on the
partial stroke test see Partial Stroke Test in Section 6.
Max Travel Movement—Defines the maximum
displacement of partial stroke test signal from the
travel stop. Default value is 10%. It may be set to a
value between 1 and 30% in 0.1% increments.
December 2008
Detailed Setup
Table 4-9. Estimates for Partial Stroke Pressure Limits
Actuator Style
Relay Type
Zero Power
Condition
PST Starting Point
Closed
A or C
Open
Spring and
Diaphragm
Closed
B
Open
Closed
A or C
Open
Single-Acting Piston
Closed
B
Open
Closed
Double-Acting Piston
A
Open
Open
Pmin − 0.25 * (Bench Set High − Bench Set Low)
Closed
Pmax + 0.25 * (Bench Set High − Bench Set Low)
Open
Pmax + 0.25 * (Bench Set High − Bench Set Low)
Closed
Pmin − 0.25 * (Bench Set High − Bench Set Low)
Open
Pmax + 0.25 * (Bench Set High − Bench Set Low)
Closed
Pmin − 0.25 * (Bench Set High − Bench Set Low)
Open
Pmin − 0.25 * (Bench Set High − Bench Set Low)
Closed
Pmax + 0.25 * (Bench Set High − Bench Set Low)
Open
Pmax + 0.5 * (Psupply − Pmax)
Open
Pmax + 0.5 * (Psupply − Pmax)
Closed
Closed
0.5 * Pmin
Open
0.5 * Pmin
Closed
December 2008
Pmax + 0.5 * (Psupply − Pmax)
Pmin − 0.5 * (Psupply + Pmin)
Open
Closed
Pmax + 0.5 * (Psupply − Pmax)
Open
Pmax + 0.5 * (Psupply − Pmax)
Closed
Stroke Speed—The stroke speed can be set for
1%/second, 0.5%/second, 0.25%/second,
0.12%/second, or 0.06%/second. The default value for
Partial Stroke Speed is 0.25%/second. For large size
actuators set the stroke speed to 0.06%/second.
4
0.5 * Pmin
Pmax + 0.5 * (Psupply − Pmax)
Open
The Max Travel Movement is the
percentage of total span that the valve
moves away from its operating state
towards its fail state during a Partial
Stroke Test.
PST Press Limit (single-acting actuators)—During the
Setup Wizard or Auto Travel Calibration, the Partial
Stroke Pressure Limit will be set to a positive value for
0.5 * Pmin
Closed
Note
Pause Time—The Setup Wizard sets the Partial
Stroke Pause Time to 5 seconds. This is the pause
time between the up and down strokes of the test. It
can be set for 5, 10, 15, 20 or 30 seconds.
Partial Stroke Pressure Limit
Pmin − 0.5 * (Psupply + Pmin)
single-acting actuators. For those actuators that vent
from the test starting point, the pressure limit will be a
minimum value. For those actuators that fill from the
test starting point, the pressure limit will be a
maximum value. The pressure signal used for this
threshold depends on relay type and is summarized
below.
Relay Type
A or C
B
B Special App.
C Special App.
Pressure Signal
Port A − Port B
Port B − Port A
Port B
Port A
PST Press Limit (double-acting actuators)— During
the Setup Wizard or Auto Travel Calibration, the PST
Press Limit will be set to a negative value for actuators
where the Partial Stroke Start Point is opposite of the
Zero Power Condition (e.g., Partial Stroke Start Point
= Open and Zero Power Condition = Closed) and to a
positive valve for actuators where the Partial Stroke
Start Point is the same as the Zero Power Condition.
4-23
DVC6000 SIS
ACTUAL TRACE FROM TEST (TYPICAL)
ACTUAL TRACE FROM TEST (TYPICAL)
4
ACTUAL TRACE FROM TEST (TYPICAL)
Figure 4-9. Time Series Plots of Travel Set Point, Travel, Error, and Actuator Pressure for a Typical Emergency Shutdown Valve
Manual SIS / Partial Stroke Parameter
Configuration
Table 4-10. Values for Disabling Partial Stroke Pressure Limit
Actuator
Type
Relay Type
Note
In order to manually set the partial
stroke pressure limit with the correct
value, you must be able to run a valve
signature test using AMS ValveLink
Software (see figure 4-9). It is then
possible to set the partial stroke
pressure limit with the Field
Communicator, using the information
generated by the valve signature test.
Zero
Power
Condition
Closed
A or C
Open
SingleActing
Closed
B
Open
DoubleActing
Closed
A
Open
Thresholds for detecting a stuck valve are
automatically configured when the Setup Wizard or
Partial Stroke Calibration routines are run. However
4-24
Open
Partial
Stroke
Pressure
Limit
(Disabled)
0.0
Closed
Psupply
Open
Psupply
Partial
Stroke
Start Point
Closed
0.0
Open
Psupply
Closed
0.0
Open
0.0
Closed
Psupply
Open
−Psupply
Closed
Psupply
Open
Psupply
Closed
−Psupply
December 2008
Detailed Setup
thresholds can also be configured manually. To
manually configure thresholds, disable the travel
deviation alert by setting Travel Dev Alert Pt to 125%
(1-2-3-4-4-2). Also disable end point pressure control
(1-2-2-2-2-1) and disable the partial stroke pressure
limit (1-2-7-2) by setting the values shown in table
4-10.
Run the partial stroke test using the 375 Field
Communicator. Once the test is completed, download
the partial stroke test results using ValveLink
Software.
On the partial stroke graph page, select the
Tvl(%)/Time radio button to plot travel set point and
travel time series traces. The Travel Deviation Alert
Point should be set at least 1.5 times the maximum
deviation obtained from the time series plot. Maximum
Travel Movement should be set at least 5% above the
Travel Deviation Alert Point.
On the partial stroke graph page, select the
Press/Time radio button to plot the pressure trace. If
the actuator pressure starts high and moves low, find
the minimum actuator pressure. If the actuator
pressure starts low and moves high, find the maximum
actuator pressure. Use table 4-9 to estimate the partial
stroke pressure limit.
In the example shown in the middle graph of figure
4-9, the maximum travel deviation between travel set
point and travel is approximately 4%. Travel Deviation
Alert Point should be set to 1.5 x 4% = 6%. Max
Travel Movement should be set at 6% + 5% = 11%.
In the bottom graph of figure 4-9, with a single-acting
piston actuator, fail closed, Relay A, and supply
pressure at 52 psig (read from instrument gauge),
Partial Stroke Pressure Limit is the minimum actuator
pressure attained during the test, i.e., 24 psig. Set the
Partial Stroke Pressure Limit to 0.5 * Pmin = 12 psig.
The default value is 0.
For double-acting valves, the differential pressure is
used.
D Auto Test Interval
An interval of time (in days) between partial stroke
tests that are automatically run by the digital valve
controller, subject to the device being powered up. A
value of 0 disables this feature.
D DVC Power Up
Defines the power up behavior of the DVC6000 SIS.
Auto Reset allows the valve to track the command
December 2008
signal when power is applied to the device. Manual
Reset will lock the device in its safety position until the
digital valve controller is reset.
If Manual Reset is selected, its state can be
determined from the status monitor by monitoring the
Locked In Safety Position alert.
When Aux Terminal Mode is set to SIS Local Control
Panel (LP100), DVC Power Up is set to Manual Reset
and cannot be changed to Auto Reset.
The reset signal depends on how the aux terminals
are configured. If configured for SIS Local Control
Panel, the digital valve controller can be reset by
pressing the button next to the green light on the
LCP100. If configured as Push Button Partial Stroke,
the digital valve controller can be reset by shorting the
aux terminals for more than 3 seconds but less than
10 seconds. The device cannot be reset from the aux
terminals if they are configured otherwise.
Valve Stuck Alert
CAUTION
If a valve stuck alert is active, there
may be potential energy stored in the
valve and actuator assembly. Sudden
release of this energy may cause the
valve to suddenly open or close,
resulting in equipment damage.
While performing the partial stroke test, even if the
valve sticks, the digital valve controller will not fully
exhaust or fill the actuator pressure in its attempt to
complete the partial stroke. Rather, the instrument will
abort the test and issue an alert. It is recommended
that the Travel Deviation alert be enabled and
configured.
The Valve Stuck alert will be generated either by the
Travel Deviation alert (the difference between
expected and actual travel exceeds the level defined
in the deviation alert), or if the actuator pressure
reaches the Partial Stroke pressure limit. If the Travel
Deviation alert is not configured, then the Partial
Stroke pressure limit will abort the test and cause the
Valve Stuck alert.
If the valve is stuck and only the Travel Deviation alert
is enabled (without specifying partial stroke pressure
limit) the Valve Stuck alert will still be generated and
the test will be aborted.
4-25
4
DVC6000 SIS
4
4-26
December 2008
Calibration
5-5
Section 5 Calibration
Calibration Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2
Travel Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-3
Auto Travel Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-3
Manual Travel Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-4
Analog Calibration Adjust
Digital Calibration Adjust
5
Sensor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-6
Pressure Sensor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-6
Output Pressure Sensor Calibration
Supply Pressure Sensor Calibration
Travel Sensor Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-7
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6015, DVC6030 SIS, and DVC6035
DVC6020 SIS and DVC6025
Analog Input Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-10
Relay Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-10
Double-Acting Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-10
Single-Acting Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-11
Single-Acting Direct
Single-Acting Reverse
Restore Factory Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-11
PST Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-12
December 2008
5-1
DVC6000 SIS
Calibration Overview
When a DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller is
ordered as part of a control valve assembly, the
factory mounts the digital valve controller on the
actuator and connects the necessary tubing, then sets
up and calibrates the controller.
For digital valve controllers that are ordered
separately, recalibration of the analog input or
pressure sensors generally is unnecessary. However,
after mounting on an actuator, perform the initial setup
(either auto or manual), then calibrate travel by
selecting Calibrate, Travel Calibration, and Auto Tvl
Calib (Auto Travel Calibration) from the Configure /
Setup menu. For more detailed calibration information,
refer to the following calibration procedures, available
from the Calibrate menu:
5
Travel Calibration
D Auto Travel Calibrate —This procedure
automatically calibrates the travel. The calibration
procedure uses the valve and actuator stops as the
0% and 100% calibration points.
D Manual Travel Calibrate —This procedure
permits manual calibration of the travel. This
calibration procedure allows you to determine the 0%
and 100% calibration points and obtain the optimum
linearity on a sliding-stem valve.
Sensor Calibration
D Pressure Sensor Calibration—This procedure
permits calibrating the three pressure sensors.
Normally the sensors are calibrated at the factory and
should not need calibration.
D Travel Sensor Adjust—This procedure permits
calibrating the travel sensor. Normally the travel
sensor is calibrated at the factory. Calibrating the
travel sensor should only be necessary if the travel
sensor is replaced.
D Analog In Calibration—This procedure permits
calibrating the analog input sensor. Normally the
sensor is calibrated at the factory and should not need
calibration.
Relay Adjustment—This procedure permits
adjustment of the pneumatic relay.
Restore Factory Settings—This procedure permits
you to restore the calibration settings back to the
factory settings.
PST Calibration—This procedure permits you to run
the PST calibration procedure.
To display the calibrate menu, from the Online menu,
select Configure / Setup and Calibrate.
Note
The Instrument Mode must be Out Of
Service and the Protection set to None
before the instrument can be calibrated.
If you are operating in burst mode, we
recommend that you disable burst before
continuing calibration. Once calibration is
complete, burst mode may then be turned
back on.
Note
In the event of a power failure the
DVC6000 SIS automatically restores
the device to In Service upon
restoration of power. This is to provide
greater availability of the safety
function.
If power is inadvertently interrupted
while performing set up or
maintenance, you may need to return
the DVC6000 SIS to out of service if
the interrupted task requires that mode
of operation.
WARNING
Note
Analog Input is only available when
the DVC6000 SIS is operating in
Point-to-Point mode with 4-20 mA or
0-20 mA current.
5-2
During calibration, the valve may
move. To avoid personal injury and
property damage caused by the
release of pressure or process fluid,
provide some temporary means of
control for the process.
December 2008
Calibration
Travel Calibration
ACTUATOR
STEM
There are two procedures available for calibrating
travel:
90_
D Automatically (Auto Tvl Calib)
D Manually (Man Tvl Calib)
FEEDBACK ARM
Auto Travel Calibrate (1-3-1-1)
User interaction is only required with Auto Calibrate
Travel when the feedback connection is SStem Standard (Sliding Stem - Standard). A feedback
connection of Rotary - All, SStem - Roller (Sliding
Stem - Roller) requires no user interaction and you
can start with step 6.
For a SStem - Standard feedback connection,
interaction provides a more accurate crossover
adjustment. Setting crossover establishes the zero
degree point for the geometric correction used to
translate the rotary motion observed by the travel
sensor into the linear motion of the sliding-stem valve.
When a double-acting actuator is used, you will be
prompted to run the Relay Adjustment when Auto
Travel Calibration is selected. Select Yes to adjust the
relay. Select No to proceed with Auto Travel
Calibration. For additional information, refer to Relay
Adjustment in this section.
Select Auto Tvl Calib from the Calibrate menu, then
follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display
to automatically calibrate travel.
1. Select the method of crossover adjustment:
manual, last value, or default. Manual is the
recommended choice. If you select Manual, the Field
Communicator will prompt you to adjust the crossover
in step 3.
If you select Last Value, the crossover setting
currently stored in the instrument is used and there
are no further user interactions with the
auto-calibration routine (go to step 6). Use this
selection if you cannot use manual, such as when you
cannot see the valve.
If you select Default, an approximate value for the
crossover is written to the instrument and there are no
further user interactions with the auto-calibration
routine (go to step 6). Use this selection only as a last
resort. Default assumes a midrange position on the
travel sensor as the crossover point, however, this
may not be an appropriate value to use for crossover
because of variations in mounting and travel sensor
calibration.
2. The instrument seeks the high and low drive points
and the minor loop feedback (MLFB) and output bias.
December 2008
5
A6536−3 / IL
Figure 5-1. Crossover Point
No user interaction is required in this step. For a
description of these actions see step 6.
3. If you select Manual in step 1, you are asked to
select an adjustment source, either analog or digital. If
you use a current source to adjust the crossover,
select Analog and go to step 4. If you wish to adjust
the current source digitally, select Digital and go to
step 5.
Note
The analog option is not available
when the DVC6000 SIS is operated by
0-24 VDC in multi-drop mode.
4. If you selected Analog as the crossover adjustment
source, the Field Communicator prompts you to adjust
the current source until the feedback arm is 90° to the
actuator stem, as shown in figure 5-1. After you have
made the adjustment, press OK and go to step 6.
5. If you selected Digital as the crossover adjustment
source, the Field Communicator displays a menu to
allow you to adjust the crossover.
Select the direction and size of change required to set
the feedback arm so it is 90° to the actuator stem, as
shown in figure 5-1. Selecting large, medium, and
small adjustments to the crossover causes changes of
5-3
DVC6000 SIS
approximately 10.0°, 1.0°, and 0.1°, respectively, to
the rotation of the feedback arm.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 5.
Otherwise, select Done and go to step 6.
6. The remainder of the auto calibration procedure is
automatic.
During calibration, the instrument seeks the high and
low end points and the minor loop feedback (MLFB)
and output bias. By searching for the end points, the
instrument establishes the limits of physical travel, i.e.,
the actual travel 0 and 100% positions. This also
determines how far the relay beam swings to calibrate
the sensitivity of the beam position sensor.
5
Adjusting the minor loop feedback bias is done around
mid travel. The valve position is briefly moved back
and forth to determine the relay beam position at
quiescence. Essentially, it establishes the zero point
for the Minor Loop Feedback circuit. The back and
forth motion is performed to account for hysteresis.
Adjusting the output bias aligns the travel set point
with the actual travel by computing the drive signal
required to produce 0% error. This is done while the
valve is at 50% travel, making very small adjustments.
Calibration is complete when the “Auto Calibration has
completed” message appears.
7. Place the instrument In Service and verify that the
travel properly tracks the current source.
If the unit does not calibrate, refer to table 5-1 for error
messages and possible remedies.
Manual Travel Calibrate (1-3-1-2)
It is recommended that you adjust the relay before
manually calibrating travel. For additional information
refer to Relay Adjustment in this section.
Note
Relay Adjustment is only available for
the double-acting relay (Relay A).
Two procedures are available to manually calibrate
travel:
D Analog Adjust
D Digital Adjust
5-4
Table 5-1. Auto Calibrate Travel Error Messages
Error Message
Possible Problem and Remedy
Input current must
exceed 3.8 mA for
calibration.
The analog input signal to the instrument
must be greater than 3.8 mA. Adjust the
current output from the control system or the
current source to provide at least 4.0 mA.
Place Out Of Service
and ensure Calibrate
Protection is disabled
before calib.
The Instrument Mode must be Out of Service
and the Protection must be None before the
instrument can be calibrated. For information
on changing instrument protection and mode,
see the beginning of this section.
Calibration Aborted.
An end point was not
reached.
The problem may be one or the other of the
following:
1. The tuning set selected is too low and the
valve does not reach an end point in the
allotted time. Press the Hot Key, select
Stabilize/Optimize then Increase Response
(selects next higher tuning set).
2. The tuning set selected is too high, valve
operation is unstable and does not stay at an
end point for the allotted time. Press the Hot
Key, select Stabilize/Optimize then Decrease
Response (selects next lower tuning set).
Invalid travel value.
Check travel sensor
and feedback arm
adjustments, and inst
supply press. Then,
repeat Auto Calib.
Prior to receiving this message, did the
instrument output go from zero to full supply?
If not, verify instrument supply pressure by
referring to the specifications in the
appropriate actuator instruction manual. If
supply pressure is correct, check instrument
pneumatic components (I/P converter and
relay).
If the instrument output did go from zero to
full supply prior to receiving this message,
then verify proper mounting by referring to the
appropriate mounting procedure in the
Installation section.
Verify travel sensor adjustment by performing
the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust
procedure in the Calibration section.
Making the crossover adjustment with the
valve positioned at either end of its travel will
also cause this message to appear.
Analog Calibration Adjust
Note
Analog Calibration Adjust is only
available in 4-20 mA or 0-20 mA
systems (point-to-point operation).
From the Calibrate menu, select Man Tvl Calib and
Analog Adjust. Connect a variable current source to
the instrument LOOP + and LOOP − terminals. The
current source should be capable of generating 4-20
mA. Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator
display to calibrate the instrument’s travel in percent.
December 2008
Calibration
Note
0% Travel = Valve Closed
100% Travel = Valve Open
1. Adjust the input current until the valve is near
mid-travel. Press OK.
2. If the feedback connection is Rotary - All, SStem Roller, go to step 6. If the feedback connection is
SStem - Standard, you are prompted to set the
crossover point. Adjust the current source until the
feedback arm is 90° to the actuator stem, as shown in
figure 5-1. Then press OK.
Note
In steps 3 through 7, the accuracy of
the current source adjustment affects
the position accuracy.
3. Adjust the current source until the valve is at 0%
travel, then press OK.
4. Adjust the current source until the valve is at 100%
travel, then press OK.
5. Adjust the current source until the valve is at 50%
travel, then press OK.
6. Adjust the current source until the valve is at 0%
travel, then press OK.
7. Adjust the current source until the valve is at 100%
travel, then press OK.
8. Adjust the current source until the valve is near 5%
travel, then press OK.
9. Adjust the current source until the valve is near
95% travel, then press OK.
10. Place the instrument In Service and verify that the
travel properly tracks the current source.
Digital Calibration Adjust
From the Calibrate menu, select Man Tvl Calib and
Digital Adjust. Connect a variable current source to the
instrument LOOP + and LOOP − terminals. The
current source should be set between 4 and 20 mA.
Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display
to calibrate the instrument’s travel in percent.
December 2008
Note
0% Travel = Valve Closed
100% Travel = Valve Open
1. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of change required to adjust the output until the
valve is near mid-travel. Selecting large, medium, and
small adjustments causes changes of approximately
10.0°, 1.0°, and 0.1°, respectively, to the feedback
arm rotation.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 1.
Otherwise, select Done and go to step 2.
2. If the feedback connection is Rotary - All, SStem Roller, go to step 7. If the feedback connection is
SStem - Standard, adjust the feedback arm to the
crossover point by using the adjustment menu.
3. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of change required to set the feedback arm so it
is 90° to the actuator stem, as shown in figure 5-1.
Selecting large, medium, and small adjustments to the
crossover causes changes of approximately 10.0°,
1.0°, and 0.1°, respectively, to the feedback arm
rotation.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 3.
Otherwise, select Done and go to step 4.
4. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of change required to set the travel at 0%.
Selecting large, medium, and small adjustments
causes changes of approximately 10.0°, 1.0°, and
0.1°, respectively, to the feedback arm rotation.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 4.
Otherwise, select Done and go to step 5.
5. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of change required to set the travel to 100%.
Selecting large, medium, and small adjustments
causes changes of approximately 10.0°, 1.0°, and
0.1°, respectively, to the feedback arm rotation.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 5.
Otherwise, select Done and go to step 6.
6. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of change required to set the travel to 50%.
Selecting large, medium, and small adjustments
causes changes of approximately 10.0°, 1.0°, and
0.1°, respectively, to the feedback arm rotation.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 6.
Otherwise, select Done and go to step 7.
7. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of change required to set the travel to 0%.
5-5
5
DVC6000 SIS
Selecting large, medium, and small adjustments
causes changes of approximately 10.0°, 1.0°, and
0.1°, respectively, to the feedback arm rotation for a
sliding-stem valve or to the travel for a rotary valve.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 7.
Otherwise, select Done and go to step 8.
8. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of change required to set the travel to 100%.
Selecting large, medium, and small adjustments
causes changes of approximately 10.0°, 1.0°, and
0.1°, respectively, to the feedback arm rotation for a
sliding-stem valve or to the travel for a rotary valve.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 8.
Otherwise, select Done and go to step 9.
5
9. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of change required to set the travel to near 5%.
Selecting large, medium, and small adjustments
causes changes of approximately 10.0°, 1.0°, and
0.1°, respectively, to the feedback arm rotation for a
sliding-stem valve or to the travel for a rotary valve.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 9.
Otherwise, select Done and go to step 10.
10. From the adjustment menu, select the direction
and size of change required to set the travel to near
95%. Selecting large, medium, and small adjustments
causes changes of approximately 10.0°, 1.0°, and
0.1°, respectively, to the feedback arm rotation for a
sliding-stem valve or to the travel for a rotary valve.
If another adjustment is required, repeat step 10.
Otherwise, select Done and go to step 11.
11. Place the instrument In Service and verify that the
travel properly tracks the current source.
12. After manual calibration is completed manually set
the SIS parameters as described in Section 4. See
page 4-13 for End Point Pressure Control; page 4-16
Travel Deviation Alert Point and Travel Deviation
Time; and page 4-23 for Partial Stroke Pressure Limit.
Sensor Calibration
Pressure Sensors (1-3-2-1)
There are three pressure sensors: output A, output B
and supply. Select the appropriate menu depending
upon which pressure sensor you are calibrating.
5-6
Note
The pressure sensors are calibrated at
the factory and should not require
calibration.
Output Pressure Sensor Calibration
To calibrate the output pressure sensors, connect an
external reference gauge to the output being
calibrated. The gauge should be capable of measuring
maximum instrument supply pressure. From the
Calibrate menu, select Sensor Calibration and Press
Sensors (Pressure Sensors). Depending upon the
sensor you wish to calibrate, select either Output A
Sensor or Output B Sensor. Follow the prompts on the
Field Communicator display to calibrate the
instrument’s output pressure sensor.
1. Adjust the supply pressure regulator to the desired
supply pressure. Press OK.
2. Select a) Zero only, or b) Zero and Span (gauge
required) sensor calibration.
a. If Zero only calibration is selected, wait until
output x pressure has completely exhausted, then
continue. Once calibration is completed, go to step
6. The output x pressure corresponds to A or B,
depending on which output you are calibrating.
b. If Zero and Span calibration is selected, wait
until output x pressure has completely exhausted,
then continue. You will then be asked to wait until
output x pressure has reached full supply, then
continue. The output x pressure corresponds to A
or B, depending on which output you are
calibrating. Proceed with step 3.
3. The instrument sets the output pressure to full
supply. The following message appears:
Use the Increase and
Decrease selections
until the displayed
pressure matches the
output x pressure.
The output x pressure corresponds to A or B,
depending on which output you are calibrating. Press
OK when you have read the message.
4. The value of the output pressure appears on the
display.
5. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of adjustment to the displayed value. Selecting
December 2008
Calibration
large, medium, and small adjustments causes
changes of approximately 3.0 psi/0.207 bar/20.7 kPa,
0.30 psi/0.0207 bar/2.07 kPa, and 0.03 psi/0.00207
bar/0.207 kPa, respectively. Adjust the displayed value
until it matches the output pressure, select Done and
go to step 6.
6. Place the instrument In Service and verify that the
displayed pressure matches the measured output
pressure.
Alignment Pin
(key 46)
Feedback Arm
(key 79)
Supply Pressure Sensor Calibration
To calibrate the supply pressure sensor, connect an
external reference gauge to the output side of the
supply regulator. The gauge should be capable of
measuring maximum instrument supply pressure.
From the Calibrate menu, select Sensor Calibration,
Press Sensors (Pressure Sensors), and Supply
Sensor. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to calibrate the instrument’s
supply pressure sensor.
1. Select a) Zero Only, or b) Zero and Span (gauge
required).
a. If Zero Only calibration is selected, adjust the
supply pressure regulator to remove supply
pressure from the instrument. Press OK. Once
calibration is complete, go to step 5.
b. If Zero and Span calibration is selected, adjust
the supply pressure regulator to remove supply
pressure from the instrument. Press OK. Adjust the
supply regulator to the maximum instrument supply
pressure. Press OK. Proceed with step 2.
A
Travel
Sensor
Shaft
B
5
A7023 / IL
Figure 5-2. FIELDVUE DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller
Showing Feedback Arm in Position for Travel Sensor
Adjustment
Travel Sensor Adjust (1-3-2-2)
The travel sensor is normally adjusted at the factory
and should not require adjustment. However, if the
travel sensor has been replaced, adjust the travel
sensor by performing the appropriate procedure. See
the Maintenance section for travel sensor replacement
procedures.
2. The following message appears:
Use the Increase and
Decrease selections until
the displayed pressure
matches the instrument
supply pressure.
Press OK when you have read this message.
3. The value of the pressure appears on the display.
4. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of adjustment to the displayed value. Selecting
large, medium, and small adjustments causes
changes of approximately 3.0 psi/0.207 bar/20.7 kPa,
0.30 psi/0.0207 bar/2.07 kPa, and 0.03 psi/0.00207
bar/0.207 kPa, respectively. Adjust the displayed value
until it matches the supply pressure, select Done and
go to step 5.
5. Place the instrument In Service and verify that the
displayed pressure matches the measured supply
pressure.
December 2008
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6015, DVC6030 SIS,
and DVC6035
WARNING
Failure to remove air pressure may
cause personal injury or property
damage from bursting parts.
1. Remove supply air and remove the instrument from
the actuator.
2. As shown in figure 5-2, align the feedback arm (key
79) with the housing by inserting the alignment pin
(key 46) through the hole marked “A” on the feedback
arm. Fully engage the alignment pin into the tapped
hole in the housing.
5-7
DVC6000 SIS
BACK EDGE
OF ARM PARALLEL
W/BACK OF HOUSING
Note
ARM ASSEMBLY
In the next step, be sure the feedback
arm surface remains flush with the end
of the travel sensor shaft.
ARM ASSEMBLY PIN
7. While observing the travel sensor counts, tighten
the screw that secures the feedback arm to the travel
sensor shaft. Be sure the travel sensor counts remain
within the tolerances listed in table 5-2. Paint the
screw to discourage tampering with the connection.
TRAVEL
SENSOR
SHAFT
8. Disconnect the Field Communicator and current
source from the instrument.
BACK OF HOUSING
A7025 / IL
5
Figure 5-3. FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Travel Sensor
Arm/Housing Back Plane Alignment
9. Remove the alignment pin and store it in the
instrument housing.
10. Install the digital valve controller on the actuator.
DVC6020 SIS and DVC6025
Table 5-2. Travel Sensor Counts
Digital Valve Controller
Travel Sensor Counts
DVC6010 SIS / DVC6015
700 ±200
DVC6020 SIS / DVC6025
2100 ±200
DVC6030 SIS / DVC6035
600 ±200
Note
The alignment pin (key 46) is
stored inside the digital valve
controller housing.
3. Loosen the screw that secures the feedback arm to
the travel sensor shaft. Position the feedback arm so
that the surface of the feedback arm is flush with the
end of the travel sensor shaft.
WARNING
Failure to remove air pressure may
cause personal injury or property
damage from bursting parts.
1. Remove supply air and remove the instrument from
the actuator.
2. See figure 5-4 for parts identification. Disconnect
the bias spring (key 82) from the feedback arm
assembly (key 84) and the arm assembly (key 91).
Remove the mounting bracket (key 74) from the back
of the digital controller. Hold the arm assembly
(key 91) so that the arm assembly points toward the
terminal box and the arm is parallel to the back of the
housing, as shown in figure 5-3.
3. Loosen the screw that secures the arm assembly
to the travel sensor shaft. Position the arm assembly
so that the outer surface is flush with the end of the
travel sensor shaft.
4. Connect a current source to the instrument LOOP
− and LOOP + terminals. Set the current source to
any value between 4 and 20 mA. Connect the Field
Communicator to the TALK terminals.
4. Connect a current source to the instrument LOOP
− and LOOP + terminals. Set the current source to
any value between 4 and 20 mA. Connect the Field
Communicator to the TALK terminals.
5. Before beginning the travel sensor adjustment, set
the instrument mode to Out Of Service and the
protection to None.
5. Before beginning the travel sensor adjustment, set
the instrument mode to Out Of Service and the
protection to None.
6. From the Calibrate menu, select Sensor Calibration
and Tvl Sensor Adjust (Travel Sensor Adjust). Follow
the prompts on the Field Communicator display to
adjust the travel sensor counts to the value listed in
table 5-2.
6. From the Calibrate menu select Sensor
Calibration,and Tvl Sensor Adjust (Travel Sensor
Adjust). Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to adjust the travel sensor
counts to the value listed in table 5-2.
5-8
December 2008
Calibration
MOUNTING
ADAPTER
(KEY 117)
CAP SCREW, HEX SOCKET
(KEY 116)
MOUNTING BRACKET
(KEY 74)
BIAS SPRING
(KEY 82)
5
CAP SCREW, HEX HEAD
(KEY 92)
ARM ASSEMBLY PIN
ARM ASSEMBLY
(KEY 91)
FEEDBACK ARM
TORSION SPRING
(KEY 93)
A7024 -2/ IL
FEEDBACK ARM ASSEMBLY
(KEY 84)
Figure 5-4. FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller Mounted on a Fisher 1052 Size 33 Actuator
within the tolerances listed in table 5-2. Paint the
screw to discourage tampering with the connection.
Note
In the next step, be sure the arm
assembly outer surface remains flush
with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
7. While observing the travel sensor counts, tighten
the screw that secures the arm assembly to the travel
sensor shaft. Be sure the travel sensor counts remain
December 2008
8. Disconnect the Field Communicator and current
source from the instrument.
9. Apply lubricant (key 63) to the pin portion of the
arm assembly (key 91).
10. Replace the mounting bracket on the back of the
instrument and reconnect the bias spring between the
feedback arm assembly and the arm assembly on the
travel sensor shaft.
11. Install the digital valve controller on the actuator.
5-9
DVC6000 SIS
Analog Input Calibration (1-3-2-3)
Press OK when you have read this message.
7. The value of the Analog Input appears on the
display.
Note
Analog Input Calibration is only
available in 4-wire systems
(point-to-point operation).
5
To calibrate the analog input sensor, connect a
variable current source to the instrument LOOP+ and
LOOP− terminals. The current source should be
capable of generating an output of 4 to 20 mA. From
the Configure / Setup menu select Calibrate, Sensor
Calibration, and Analog In Calib (Analog Input
Calibration). Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to calibrate the analog input
sensor.
1. Set the current source to the target value shown on
the display. The target value is the Input Range Low
value. Press OK.
2. The following message appears:
Use Increase and
Decrease selections
until the displayed
current matches the
current source.
Press OK when you have read this message.
8. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of adjustment to the displayed value. Selecting
large, medium, and small adjustments causes
changes of approximately 0.4 mA, 0.04 mA, and 0.004
mA, respectively. Adjust the displayed value until it
matches the current source, select Done and go to
step 9.
9. Place the instrument In Service and verify that the
analog input displayed matches the current source.
Relay Adjustment (1-3-3)
Before beginning travel calibration, check the relay
adjustment. To check relay adjustment, select Relay
Adjust from the Calibrate menu, then follow the
prompts on the Field Communicator display. Replace
the digital valve controller cover when finished.
Note
Relay B and C are not user-adjustable.
3. The value of the Analog Input appears on the
display.
4. From the adjustment menu, select the direction and
size of adjustment to the displayed value. Selecting
large, medium, and small adjustments causes
changes of approximately 0.4 mA, 0.04 mA, and 0.004
mA, respectively. Adjust the displayed value until it
matches the current source, select Done and go to
step 5.
5. Set the current source to the target value shown on
the display. The target value is the Input Range High
value. Press OK.
6. The following message appears:
Use Increase and
Decrease selections
until the displayed
current matches the
current source.
5-10
Double-Acting Relay
The double-acting relay is designated by “Relay A” on
a label affixed to the relay itself. For double-acting
actuators, the valve must be near mid-travel to
properly adjust the relay. The Field Communicator will
automatically position the valve when Relay Adjust is
selected.
Rotate the adjustment disc, shown in figure 5-5, until
the output pressure displayed on the Field
Communicator is between 50 and 70% of supply
pressure. This adjustment is very sensitive. Be sure to
allow the pressure reading to stabilize before making
another adjustment (stabilization may take up to 30
seconds or more for large actuators).
Relay A may also be adjusted for use in single-acting
direct applications. Rotate the adjustment disc as
shown in figure 5-5 for single-acting direct operation.
December 2008
Calibration
LOW BLEED RELAY
DOES NOT HAVE
BLEED HOLES
FOR SINGLE-ACTING DIRECT RELAYS:
ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN THIS
DIRECTION UNTIL IT CONTACTS THE
BEAM
FOR DOUBLE-ACTING RELAYS:
ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN
THIS DIRECTION TO DECREASE
OUTPUT PRESSURE
5
ADJUSTMENT DISC
FOR DOUBLE-ACTING RELAYS:
ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN
THIS DIRECTION TO INCREASE
OUTPUT PRESSURE
W9305
Figure 5-5. Location of Relay Adjustment (Shroud Removed for Clarity)
Single-Acting Relays
WARNING
If the unused port is monitoring
pressure, ensure that the pressure
source conforms to ISA Standard
7.0.01, and does not exceed the
pressure supplied to the instrument.
Failure to do so could result in
personal injury or property damage
caused by loss of process control.
Single-Acting Direct Relay
The single-acting direct relay is designated by “Relay
C” on a label affixed to the relay itself. Relay C
requires no adjustment.
December 2008
Single-Acting Reverse Relay
The single-acting reverse relay is designated by
“Relay B” on a label affixed to the relay itself. Relay B
is calibrated at the factory and requires no further
adjustment.
Restoring Factory Settings (1-3-4)
From the Online menu, select Configure / Setup, then
select Calibrate, and Restore Factory Settings. Follow
the prompts on the Field Communicator display to
restore calibration to the factory settings. You should
only restore the calibration if it is not possible to
calibrate an individual sensor. Restoring calibration
returns the calibration of all of the sensors and the
tuning set to their factory settings. Following
restoration of the factory calibration, the individual
sensors should be recalibrated.
5-11
DVC6000 SIS
PST Calibration (1-3-5)
Access PST Calibration by selecting PST Calibration
from the Calibrate menu. Follow the prompts on the
Field Communicator display to complete the PST
calibration.
This procedure permits you to run the Partial Stroke
Calibration, which enables the Partial Stroke Test. It
establishes values for Partial Stroke Pressure Limit,
Pressure Set Point and Pressure Saturation Time for
End Point Pressure Control, Travel Deviation Alert
Point and Travel Deviation Time. The Partial Stroke
Calibration also sets default values for max travel
movement, test speed, and test pause time.
Note
You must take the instrument out of
service before running Partial Stroke
Calibration.
Ensure that the instrument is put back
in service after the completing the
calibration procedure.
5
5-12
December 2008
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
6-6
Section 6 Viewing Device Variables and
Diagnostics
Device Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3
Alert Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3
Electronic Alerts
Sensor Alerts
Environmental Alerts
Travel Alerts
Travel History Alerts
SIS Alerts
6
Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4
Device Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5
Temp Max
Temp Min
Run Time
Number of Power Ups
Stroke Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5
Partial Stroke Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5
Device (Digital Valve Controller)
Auxiliary Terminal
Auxiliary Terminal Wiring Length Guidelines
375 Field Communicator
Additional SIS Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Demand Mode Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-7
6-7
6-7
6-8
Device Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-9
Analog Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-9
Travel Set Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-9
Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-9
Drive Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-9
Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-9
Pressure A
Pressure B
Pressure Differential
Supply Pressure
Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 2008
6-9
6-1
DVC6000 SIS
Auxiliary Input
Temperature
Temperature Maximum
Temperature Minimum
Cycle Count
Tvl Accum
Raw Travel Input
Run Time
Number of Power Ups
Device Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-10
HART Tag
Device ID
Manufacturer
Model
Device Revision
Firmware Revision
Hardware Revision
Instrument Level
HART Universal Revision
6
DD Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2
6-10
December 2008
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
Device Diagnostics
Alert Conditions (2-1)
Instrument Alert Conditions, when enabled, detect
many operational and performance issues that may be
of interest. To view these alerts, from the Online menu
select Device Diagnostics, and Alert Conditions. The
alert conditions for each group of alerts are listed
below. If there are no alerts active for a particular
group the group will not be displayed on the Field
Communicator.
D Electronics— If an electronics alert is active it
will appear under ELECT ALERTS.
Drive Current
Drive Current Alert—This alert is indicated when the
drive current does not read as expected. If this alert
occurs, check the connection between the I/P
converter and the printed wiring board assembly. Try
removing the I/P converter and re-installing it. If the
failure does not clear, replace the I/P converter or the
printed wiring board assembly.
Drive Signal
Drive Signal Alert—This alert is indicated when the
Drive Signal is greater or less than the expected
maximum or minimum.
Processor Impaired
Offline/Failed Alert—This alert is indicated if a
failure, enabled from the Self Test Shutdown menu,
caused an instrument shutdown. Press Enter to see
which of the specific failures caused the Offline/Failed
indication.
Power Starvation Alert—This alert is indicated if the
instrument does not have enough power to function
properly.
Non-Critical NVM Alert—This alert is indicated if the
checksum for data, which are not critical for instrument
operation, has failed.
Critical NVM Alert—This alert is indicated when the
Non-Volatile Memory integrity test fails. Configuration
data is stored in NVM. If this failure is indicated,
restart the instrument and see if it clears. If it does not
clear, replace the PWB Assembly.
Flash ROM Alert—This alert indicates that the Read
Only Memory integrity test failed. If this alert is
indicated, restart the instrument and see if it clears. If
it does not clear, replace the printed wiring board
assembly.
No Free Time Alert—This alert is indicated if the
instrument is unable to complete all of the configured
tasks. This will not occur with a properly functioning
instrument.
December 2008
Reference Voltage Alert—This failure is indicated
whenever there is a failure associated with the internal
voltage reference. If this alert is indicated, restart the
instrument and see if it clears. If it does not clear,
replace the printed wiring board assembly.
Internal Sensor Out of Limits—This alert is indicated
if there is a possible problem with either the pressure
sensor or the printed wiring board assembly
submodule.
Variable Out of Range—This alert is indicated if
there is a possible problem with one or more of the
following: the Analog Input Signal, the I/P converter
submodule, the pneumatic relay submodule, or the
printed wiring board.
Field device malfunction—The alert is indicated if
the pressure, position, or temperature sensors are
providing invalid readings.
D Sensor— If a sensor alert is active it will appear
under SENSOR ALERTS.
Travel Sensor
Travel Sensor Alert—This alert is indicated if the
sensed travel is outside the range of −25.0 to 125.0%
of calibrated travel. If this alert is indicated, check the
instrument mounting and the travel sensor adjustment.
Also, check that the electrical connection from the
travel sensor is properly plugged into the printed wiring
board assembly. After restarting the instrument, if the
alert does not clear, troubleshoot the printed wiring
board assembly or travel sensor.
Pressure Sensors
Pressure Sensor Alert—This alert is indicated if the
actuator pressure is outside the range of −24.0 to
125.0% of the calibrated pressure for more than 60
seconds. If this alert is indicated, check the instrument
supply pressure. If the failure persists, ensure the
printed wiring board assembly is properly mounted
onto the Module Base Assembly, and the pressure
sensor O-rings are properly installed. If the alert does
not clear after restarting the instrument, replace the
printed wiring board assembly.
Note
The pressure sensor alert is used for
output A, output B, and the supply
pressure sensor. Check the pressure
values to see which sensor is causing
the alert.
Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor Alert—This alert is indicated
when the instrument temperature sensor fails, or the
6-3
6
DVC6000 SIS
sensor reading is outside of the range of −40 to 85_C
(−40 to 185_F). The temperature reading is used
internally for temperature compensation of inputs. If
this alert is indicated, restart the instrument and see if
it clears. If it does not clear, replace the printed wiring
board assembly.
Table 6-1. Alerts Included in Alert Groups for Alert Record
Alert Group
Valve Alerts
D Environment— If an environment alert is active
it will appear under ENVIRO ALERTS.
Supply Pressure
Supply Pressure Lo Alert—This alert is indicated
when supply pressure is lower than the configured
limit.
Aux Terminal Alert
Aux Terminal Alert—This alert is set when the
auxiliary input terminals are either open or closed,
depending upon the selection for the Aux In Alrt State.
6
D Travel— If a travel alert is active it will appear
under TRAVEL ALERTS.
Travel Deviation
Travel Deviation Alert—The difference between
Setpoint and Travel is greater than the configured
limits.
Travel Limit
Travel Alert Hi Hi—This alert is indicated if the
Travel is greater than the configured limit.
Travel Alert Lo Lo—This alert is indicated if the
Travel is lower than the configured limit.
Travel Limit Hi/Lo
Travel Alert Hi—This alert is indicated if the Travel
is greater than the configured limit.
Travel Alert Lo—This alert is indicated if the Travel
is lower than the configured limit.
Travel Limit / Cutoff
Travel Limit/Cutoff Hi—This alert is indicated if the
Travel is limited high or the high cutoff is in effect.
Travel Limit/Cutoff Lo—This alert is indicated if the
Travel is limited low or the low cutoff is in effect.
D Travel History— If a travel history alert is active
it will appear under TVL HIST ALERTS.
Failure Alerts
Miscellaneous Alerts
Travel Alert Lo
Travel Alert Hi
Travel Alert Lo Lo
Travel Alert Hi Hi
Travel deviation
Drive signal
No free time
Flash ROM fail
Drive current fail
Ref Voltage fail
NVM fail
Temperature sensor fail
Pressure sensor fail
Travel sensor fail
Auxiliary input
D SIS— If an SIS alert is active it will appear under
SIS ALERTS.
Partial Stroke Test (PST)
Valve Stuck or Pressure/Travel Path
Obstructed—This alert is indicated if the valve is stuck
or the pressure/travel path is obstructed.
End Point Pressure Deviation
Pressure Deviation Alert—The alert is indicated if
the difference between the target pressure and the
actual pressure exceeds the Pressure Deviation Alert
Point for a period of time greater than the Pressure
Deviation Time.
Locked in Safety Alert—This alert is indicated if the
unit is locked in the safety position.
SIS Panel Comm Error—This alert is indicated if the
SIS panel is not communicating.
D Alert Record
Alert Record not Empty—This alert indicates that an
alert has been saved to the alert record.
Alrt Record Full—This alert indicates that the alert
record is full.
Viewing Instrument Status (2-2)
To view the instrument status, from the Device
Diagnostics menu select Status. This menu item
indicates the status of the Operational items listed
below. The status of more than one operational item
may be indicated.
Cycle Count
Cycle Count Alert—This alert is indicated if the
Cycle Counter exceeds the Cycle Count Alert Point.
Instrument Time
Travel Accumulator
Travel Accumulator Alert—This alert is indicated if
the Travel Accum exceeds the Travel Accumulator
Alert Point.
Cal in Progress
6-4
Alerts Include in Group
Inst Time Invalid
Calibration and Diagnostics
Autocal in Progress
Diag in Progress
December 2008
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
Diag Data Avail
Operational
D Step to Target—steps the travel to the specified
target.
Press Ctrl Active
Multi-Drop
Partial Stroke Test (2-5)
Integrator
Integrator Sat Hi
Integrator Sat Lo
Device Record (2-3)
From the Online menu, select Device Diagnostics and
Device Record. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to view the following Device
Record parameters: Temp Max (Maximum
Temperature), Temp Min (Minimum Temperature),
Run Time, and Num of Power Ups (Number of Power
Ups).
D Temp Max—Maximum Recorded Temperature
shows the maximum temperature the instrument has
experienced since installation.
D Temp Min—Minimum Recorded Temperature
shows the minimum temperature the instrument has
experienced since installation.
D Run Time—Indicates in hours or days the total
elapsed time the instrument has been powered up.
D Num of Power Ups—Number of Power Ups
indicates how many times the instrument has cycled
power.
Stroking the Digital Valve Controller
Output (2-4)
From the Online menu, select Device Diagnostics and
Stroke Valve. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to select from the following:
Done, Ramp Open, Ramp Closed, Ramp to Target,
Step to Target, and Stop.
D Done—Select this if you are done. All ramping is
stopped when DONE is selected.
WARNING
During the partial stroke test the valve
will move. To avoid personal injury
and property damage caused by the
release of pressure or process fluid,
when used in an application where
the valve is normally closed, provide
some temporary means of control for
the process.
The Partial Stroke Test allows the DVC6000 SIS
Series digital valve controllers to perform a Valve
Signature type of test while the instrument is in service
and operational. In SIS applications, it is important to
be able to exercise and test the valve to verify that it
will operate when commanded. This feature allows the
user to partially stroke the valve while continually
monitoring the input signal. If a demand arises, the
test is aborted and the valve moves to its commanded
position. The partial stroke valve travel is configurable
between 1 and 30% maximum travel, in 0.1%
increments. Data from the last partial stroke test is
stored in the instrument memory for retrieval by AMS
ValveLink Software.
The Partial Stroke Test allows you to perform a partial,
10%, stroke test (standard) or a custom stroke test.
With the custom stroke test, the stroke may be
extended up to 30%. Be sure to check plant guidelines
before performing a custom stroke test. The purpose
of this test is to ensure that the valve assembly moves
upon demand.
A partial stroke test can be initiated when the valve is
operating at either 4 mA or 20 mA (point-to-point
mode). In applications where a spurious trip is to be
minimized, 4 mA is the normal operating position.
D Ramp Open—ramps the travel toward open at
the rate of 1.0% per second of the ranged travel.
When enabled, a partial stroke test may be initiated by
the device (as a scheduled, auto partial stroke test), a
remote push button located in the field or at the valve,
the optional LCP100 local control panel, the 375 Field
Communicator, or ValveLink Software.
D Ramp Closed—ramps the travel toward closed at
the rate of 1.0% per second of the ranged travel.
Device (Digital Valve Controller)
D Ramp to Target—ramps the travel to the
specified target at the rate of 1.0% per second of the
ranged travel.
The Auto Partial Stroke Test allows the partial stroke
test to be scheduled by the DVC6000 SIS. The test is
scheduled in number of hours between tests. Any
power cycle will reset the test interval timer.
December 2008
6-5
6
DVC6000 SIS
The black “Valve Test” push button (see figure 6-1)
allows the valve to perform the configured partial
stroke test.
D Press and hold for 3 to 10 seconds
The test can be overridden by the “Valve Close”
button, “Valve Open” button, or if an emergency
demand occurs.
D Local DI
PRESS TO PERFORM
THE CONFIGURED
PARTIAL STROKE
TEST
When configured by the user interface, the Auxiliary
Terminal can be used as a discrete input from a
pressure switch, temperature switch, etc., to provide
an alert.
Auxiliary Terminal Wiring Length Guidelines
The Auxiliary Input Terminals of a DVC6000 SIS can
be used with a locally-mounted switch for initiating a
partial stroke test. Some applications require that the
partial stroke test be initiated from a remote location.
6
The length for wiring connected to the Auxiliary Input
Terminals is limited by capacitance. For proper
operation of the Auxiliary Input Terminals capacitance
should not exceed 18000 pF. As with all control signal
wiring, good wiring practices should be observed to
minimize adverse effect of electrical noise on the Aux
Switch function.
Figure 6-1. Local Control Panel
Auxiliary Terminal
The auxiliary terminal can be used for different
applications. The default configuration is for a partial
stroke test initiated by shorting the contacts wired to
the auxiliary +/− terminals of the DVC6000 SIS. Refer
to Auxiliary Terminal Wiring Length Guidelines below.
D Local Push Button
Example Calculation: Capacitance per foot or per
meter is required to calculate the length of wire that
may be connected to the Aux switch input. The wire
should not exceed the capacitance limit of 18000 pF.
Typically the wire manufacturer supplies a data sheet
which provides all of the electrical properties of the
wire. The pertinent parameter is the highest possible
capacitance. If shielded wire is used, the appropriate
number is the “Conductor to Other Conductor &
Shield” value.
Example — 18AWG Unshielded Audio, Control
and Instrumentation Cable
Manufacturer’s specifications include:
A partial stroke test command may be sent to the
DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller using a
set of contacts wired to the auxiliary +/− terminals. To
perform a test, the contacts must be closed for 3 to 5
seconds and then opened. To abort the test, close the
contacts for 1 second. The last set of diagnostic data
is stored in the instrument memory for later retrieval
via ValveLink Software.
D Local Control Panel
Nom. Capacitance Conductor to Conductor @ 1 KHz: 26 pF/ft
Nom. Conductor DC Resistance @ 20 Deg. C: 5.96 Ohms/1000 ft
Max. Operating Voltage − UL 200 V RMS (PLTC, CMG),150 V RMS
(ITC)
Allowable Length with this cable = 18000pF /(26pF/ft) = 692 ft
Example — 18AWG Shielded Audio, Control and
Instrumentation Cable
Manufacturer’s specifications include:
Nom. Characteristic Impedance: 29 Ohms
The LCP100 local control panel is wired directly to the
DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller.
6-6
Nom. Inductance: .15 μH/ft
Nom. Capacitance Conductor to Conductor @ 1 KHz: 51 pF/ft
December 2008
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
Nom. Cap. Cond. to other Cond. & Shield @ 1 KHz 97 pF/ft
Demand Mode Tests
Allowable Length with this cable = 18000pF /(97pF/ft) = 185 ft
The following steps assume the use of single acting
spring and diaphragm actuators or double-acting
spring assist piston actuators.
The AUX switch input passes less than 1 mA through
the switch contacts, and uses less than 5V, therefore,
neither the resistance nor the voltage rating of the
cable are critical. Ensure that switch contact corrosion
is prevented. It is generally advisable that the switch
have gold-plated or sealed contacts.
Perform the following steps to confirm valve operation:
a. Point-to-Point Mode (DVC6000 SIS powered with
4−20 mA current source)
If the DVC6000 SIS is in series with a solenoid valve,
375 Field Communicator
1. Connect the 375 Field Communicator to the LOOP
terminals on the digital valve controller.
2. Turn on the Field Communicator.
3. From the Online menu, select Device Diagnostics
and Partial Stroke Test.
4. Select either Standard (10%) or Custom. With the
Custom Stroke Test, the stroke may be entered up to
30% with configurable stroking speed and pause time.
5. The currently configured Stroke, Stroking Speed,
and Pause Time is displayed. Choose “Yes” to run the
test using these values. Choose “No” to modify the
values. The default value for Stroke Speed is
0.25%/second.
1. Disconnect the power from the solenoid valve,
but maintain the 20 mA current to the digital valve
controller. The valve should move to its “fail safe”
position.
2. Maintain power to the solenoid valve and adjust
the current to the digital valve controller from
20 mA to 4mA. The valve should move to its “fail
safe” position.
3. Remove power from the solenoid valve and
adjust the current to the digital valve controller
from 20mA to 4mA. The valve should go to its “fail
safe” position.
If a solenoid is not used with a DVC6000 SIS,
1. Adjust the current to the digital valve controller
from 20 mA to 4 mA. The valve should move to its
“fail safe” position.
6. The valve begins to move and the actual travel
reported by the digital valve controller is displayed on
the Field Communicator.
7. Observe the valve as it runs the Partial Stroke Test
to verify that it moves to the desired setpoint and then
returns to the original position.
For information on configuring the Partial Stroke Test,
see Partial Stroke Variables in the Detailed Setup
section.
Note
The above tests are applicable for
single-acting direct relay A and C. If
single-acting reverse relay B is used
adjust the current from 4 mA (normal
state) to 20 mA (trip state).
Additional SIS Diagnostics
b. Multi-drop Mode (DVC6000 SIS is powered by a
24 VDC power source)
Manual Reset
If the DVC6000 SIS is pneumatically in series with a
solenoid valve, and shares a single power source,
The DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller can
be configured to hold the trip state until a local reset
button is pressed. It is configurable by the 375 Field
Communicator or ValveLink Software. Manual Reset
can be initiated by shorting the AUX terminals with a
user-supplied push button for at least 3 seconds, but
less than 5 seconds or by pressing the button next to
the green light on the optional LCP100 local control
panel when the current is at it’s normal state. The
digital valve controller will drive the valve to its normal
operating position.
December 2008
Disconnect power to both devices. The valve
should go to its “fail safe” position.
If the DVC6000 SIS is pneumatically in series with a
solenoid valve, with independent power sources,
Connect a 24 VDC power supply to the solenoid
valve and a second 24 VDC power supply to the
DVC6000 SIS. Disconnect the solenoid valve
power supply, but maintain the power supply to
6-7
6
DVC6000 SIS
the DVC6000 SIS. The valve should go to its “fail
safe” position quickly. Then, maintain the power
supply to the solenoid valve and disconnect the
DVC6000 SIS power supply. The valve should go
to its “fail safe” position, although not as quickly as
it does in the previous scenario.
If DVC6000 SIS is alone, without a solenoid valve,
Disconnect power to the digital valve controller.
The valve should go to its “fail safe” position.
Note
The above tests are not applicable for
single-acting reverse relay B when no
solenoid valve is present.
6
Note
You may remove the power
completely; however, the lights in
step 3 will be off. Without power to the
DVC6000 SIS, the LCP100 cannot
function.
2. Observe that the valve moves to its fail safe
state.
3. Observe that the red light comes on solid and
the amber light stays off (valve is not ready to
open).
4. Press the push button next to the green light
and observe that the valve does not move.
5. Increase the current to the DVC6000 to 20 mA
and observe that the valve remains in its fail safe
state.
If the LCP100 is used, conduct the following tests:
6. Observe that the red light stays on solid and
the amber light comes on solid (ready to reset).
Successful Partial Stroke Test
7. Press the push button next to the green light.
1. Press the “Valve Test” (black) push button for
more than 3 seconds (but less than 10 seconds).
2. Observe that the green light starts flashing
when the valve starts moving.
8. Observe that the green light starts flashing,
then becomes solid and the red light is off.
Emergency Demand through Local Control Panel
1. Press the push button next to the red light.
3. Observe that the valve moves no more than
the configured PST travel limit.
2. Observe that the valve moves to it fail safe
position.
4. Observe that the valve returns to the normal
operating position and the green light comes on
solid.
3. Observe that the red light starts flashing, then
becomes solid and the amber light comes on solid
(ready to reset).
Manually Aborted Partial Stroke Test
1. Press the “Valve Test” (black) push button for
more than 3 seconds (but less than 10 seconds).
2. Observe that the green light starts flashing
when the valve starts moving.
3. Before the valve reaches the travel limit of the
configured partial stroke test, press the “Valve
Test” push button, or the push button next to the
green light.
4. Observe that the valve immediately returns to
the normal operating position and the green light
comes on solid.
Emergency Demand through the Logic Solver
1. Reduce the current to the DVC6000 to 4 mA
for de-energize to trip operation.
6-8
4. Press the push button next to the green light.
5. Observe that the red light goes off, the valve
moves to its normal operating position, and the
green light comes on solid.
Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring
The following steps assume the use of a single-acting
actuator with a solenoid valve installed. The DVC6000
SIS digital valve controller, with single-acting, direct
relay C, must be powered separately from the
solenoid. The unused output of the DVC6000 SIS
must be connected between the solenoid and the
actuator as described in the Installation section. The
relay configuration selection must be “special
application” and ValveLink Software must have the
triggered profile enabled.
1. When allowed by the Logic Solver, momentarily
remove and then restore power to the solenoid
December 2008
Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics
(typically 100 to 200 milliseconds). This process
should occur quickly enough that the valve assembly
does not move when the solenoid is de-energized.
2. With ValveLink Software, upload the diagnostic
data from the triggered profile menu.
3. Examine the graph and observe that there was a
change in the pressure reading downstream of the
solenoid.
Device Variables
The following menus are available to define and/or
view information about the instrument. From the
Online menu select Device Variables.
Analog In (3-1)
Analog Input shows the value of the instrument analog
input in mA (milliamperes) or % (percent) of ranged
input.
Tvl Set Pt (3-2)
Travel Set Point shows the requested valve position in
% of ranged travel.
Travel (3-3)
Travel shows the value of the DVC6000 SIS Series
digital valve controller travel in % (percent) of ranged
travel. Travel always represents how far the valve is
open.
Drive Signal (3-4)
Drive Signal shows the value of the instrument drive
signal in % (percent) of maximum drive.
Pressures (3-5)
Shows the value of the instrument supply and output
pressures in psi, bar, kPa, or kg/cm2. Also shows the
output pressure differential. To display pressures may
require selecting the variable; a detail display of that
variable with its values will appear.
D Pressure A— Pressure A shows the value of
Output Pressure A in psi, bar, kPa, or kg/cm2.
D Pressure B— Pressure B shows the value of
Output Pressure A in psi, bar, kPa, or kg/cm2.
D Pressure Diff—Pressure Differential shows the
value of the output pressure differential in psi, bar,
kPa, or kg/cm2.
D Supply Pressure—Supply Pressure displays the
instrument supply pressure in psi ,bar, kPa, or kg/cm2.
December 2008
Variables (3-6)
The Variables menu is available to view additional
variables, including; Aux Input (Auxiliary Input),
Temperature, Temp Max (Maximum Temperature),
Temp Min (Minimum Temperature), Cycle Count, Tvl
Accum (Travel Accumulator), Raw Tvl Input (Raw
Travel Input), Run Time, and Num of Power Ups
(Number of Power Ups).
To view one of these variables, from the Online menu
select Device Variables and Variables. If a value for a
variable does not appear on the display, select the
variable and a detailed display of that variable with its
value will appear. A variable’s value does not appear
on the menu if the value becomes too large to fit in the
allocated space on the display, or if the variable
requires special processing, such as Aux Input.
D Aux Input—The Auxiliary Input is a discrete input
that can be used with an independent limit or pressure
switch. Its value is either open or closed.
D Temperature—The internal temperature of the
instrument is displayed in either degrees Fahrenheit or
Celsius.
D Temp Max—Maximum Recorded Temperature
shows the maximum temperature the instrument has
experienced since installation.
D Temp Min—Minimum Recorded Temperature
shows the minimum temperature the instrument has
experienced since installation.
D Cycle Count—Cycle Counter displays the
number of times the valve travel has cycled. Only
changes in direction of the travel after the travel has
exceeded the deadband are counted as a cycle. Once
a new cycle has occurred, a new deadband around
the last travel is set. The value of the Cycle Counter
can be reset from the Cycle Count Alert menu. See
page 4-18 of the Detailed Setup section for additional
information.
D Tvl Accum—Travel Accumulator contains the
total change in travel, in percent of ranged travel. The
accumulator only increments when travel exceeds the
deadband. Then the greatest amount of change in one
direction from the original reference point (after the
deadband has been exceeded) will be added to the
Travel Accumulator. The value of the Travel
Accumulator can be reset from the Travel Accum
menu. See page 4-18 of the Detailed Setup section for
additional information.
6-9
6
DVC6000 SIS
Table 6-2. Functions Available for Instrument Level
Note
Do not use the following raw travel
input indication for calibrating the
travel sensor. The following should
only be used for a relative indication to
be sure the travel sensor is working
and that it is moving in the correct
direction. Perform the Travel Sensor
Adjust procedure in the Calibration
section to calibrate the travel sensor.
D Raw Tvl Input—Raw travel input indicates the
travel sensor position in analog-to-digital converter
counts. When the travel sensor is operating correctly,
this number changes as the valve strokes.
6
D Run Time—Indicates in hours or days the total
elapsed time the instrument has been powered up.
D Num of Power Ups—Number of Power Ups
Indicates how many times the instrument has cycled
power.
Device Information (3-7)
The Device Information menu is available to view
information about the instrument. From the Online
menu, select Device Variables and Device
Information. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator display to view information in the
following fields: HART Tag, Device ID, Manufacturer,
Model, Device Rev (Device Revision), Firmware Rev
(Firmware Revision), Hardware Rev (Hardware
Revision), Inst Level (Instrument Level), and HART
Univ Rev (HART Universal Revision).
D Hart Tag—A HART tag is a unique name (up to
eight characters) that identifies the physical
instrument.
D Device ID—Each instrument has a unique Device
Identifier. The device ID provides additional security to
prevent this instrument from accepting commands
meant for other instruments.
6-10
Functions Available
Communicates with 375 Field Communicator and ValveLink Software.
Provides: travel cutoffs and limits, minimum opening and closing
times, input characterization (linear, equal percentage, quick opening,
and custom), trending with ValveLink Solo, and the following alerts:
travel deviation; travel alert high, low, high high, and low low; drive
signal; auxiliary terminal; cycle counter; and travel accumulation. With
ValveLink Software, all offline diagnostic tests (dynamic error band,
drive signal, step response, and valve signature) plus online trending
and partial stroke test
D Manufacturer—Identifies the manufacturer of the
instrument.
D Model—Identifies the instrument model.
D Device Rev—Device Revision is the revision
number of the software for communication between
the Field Communicator and the instrument.
D Firmware Rev—Firmware Revision is the revision
number of the firmware in the instrument.
D Hardware Rev—Hardware Revision is the
revision number of the electrical circuitry within the
instrument printed wiring board.
D Inst Level—Indicates the instrument level − SIS
Table 6-2 lists the functions available instrument level
SIS.
D HART Univ Rev—HART Universal Revision is
the revision number of the HART Universal
Commands which are used as the communications
protocol for the instrument.
D DD Information (3-8)
DD Information contains the device description in the
Field Communicator. To access DD Information from
the Online menu, select Device Variables and DD
Information.
December 2008
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
7-7
Section 7 Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Module Base Maintenance
Removing the Module Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3
Replacing the Module Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-4
Submodule Maintenance
I/P Converter
Removing the I/P Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the I/P Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-5
7-5
Printed Wiring Board (PWB) Assembly
Removing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the Printed Wiring Board Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-6
7-6
7-6
7
Pneumatic Relay
Removing the Pneumatic Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Pneumatic Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-7
7-7
Gauges, Pipe Plugs or Tire Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-7
Terminal Box
Removing the Terminal Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-8
Replacing the Terminal Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-8
Travel Sensor
Disassembly
DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote
Feedback Unit (Sliding-Stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote
Feedback Unit (Rotary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote
Feedback Unit (Rotary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-9
7-9
7-9
Assembly
DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote
Feedback Unit (Sliding-Stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote
Feedback Unit (Rotary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote
Feedback Unit (Rotary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-10
7-11
7-13
Instrument Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-14
Checking Voltage Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-14
December 2008
7-1
DVC6000 SIS
The DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller enclosure is
rated NEMA 4X and IP66, therefore periodic cleaning
of internal components is not required. If the DVC6000
SIS is installed in an area where the exterior surfaces
tend to get heavily coated or layered with industrial or
atmospheric contaminants, however, it is
recommended that the vent (key 52) be periodically
inspected to ensure it is fully open. If the vent appears
to be clogged, the vent can be removed, cleaned and
replaced. Lightly brush the exterior of the vent to
remove contaminant and run a mild water/detergent
solution through the vent to ensure it is fully open.
WARNING
process pressure from both sides of the
valve.
D Vent the pneumatic actuator
loading pressure and relieve any
actuator spring precompression.
D Use lock-out procedures to be sure
that the above measures stay in effect
while you work on the equipment.
D Check with your process or safety
engineer for any additional measures
that must be taken to protect against
process media.
Personal injury or property damage
can occur from cover failure due to
overpressure. Ensure that the
housing vent opening is open and
free of debris to prevent pressure
buildup under the cover.
CAUTION
7
WARNING
To avoid static discharge from the
plastic cover, do not rub or clean the
cover with solvents. To do so could
result in an explosion. Clean with a
mild detergent and water only.
When replacing components, use only
components specified by the factory.
Always use proper component
replacement techniques, as presented
in this manual. Improper techniques or
component selection may invalidate
the approvals and the product
specifications, as indicated in table
1-2. It may also impair operations and
the intended function of the device.
WARNING
Avoid personal injury or property
damage from sudden release of
process pressure or bursting of parts.
Before performing any maintenance
procedures on the DVC6000 SIS
Series digital valve controller:
D Always wear protective clothing,
gloves, and eyewear to prevent
personal injury.
D Disconnect any operating lines
providing air pressure, electric power,
or a control signal to the actuator. Be
sure the actuator cannot suddenly
open or close the valve.
D Use bypass valves or completely
shut off the process to isolate the
valve from process pressure. Relieve
7-2
Note
If the feedback arm (key 79) or
feedback arm assembly (key 84)
is removed from the digital valve
controller, the travel sensor (key
77) must be recalibrated.
December 2008
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Module Base Maintenance
Note
For DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS,
and DVC6005 SIS
In the event of a power failure the
DVC6000 SIS automatically restores
the device to In Service upon
restoration of power. This is to provide
greater availability of the safety
function.
If power is inadvertently interrupted
while performing set up or
maintenance, you may need to return
the DVC6000 SIS to out of service if
the interrupted task requires that mode
of operation.
Table 7-1. Tools Required
Tool
Size
Component
5 mm
1.5 mm
2.5 mm
5 mm
6 mm
1/2-inch
9/64-inch
7/16-inch
3/16-inch
Relay, printed wiring board
assembly, and cover screws
Terminal box screw
Terminal box cover screw
I/P converter screws
Travel sensor screws
Module base screws
Connector Arm screw (DVC6010)
Feedback arm screw
DVC6010 mounting bolts
DVC6020 mounting bolts
Phillips Screwdriver
Hex key
Hex key
Hex key
Hex key
Hex key
Open-end wrench
Hex key
Open-end wrench
Hex key
CAUTION
To avoid affecting performance of the
instrument, take care not to damage
the module base seal or guide surface.
Do not bump or damage the bare
connector pins on the PWB assembly.
Damaging either the module base or
guide surface may result in material
damage, which could compromise the
instruments ability to maintain a
pressure seal.
The digital valve controller contains a module base
consisting of the I/P converter, printed wiring board
assembly, and pneumatic relay. The module base may
be easily replaced in the field without disconnecting
field wiring or tubing.
Removing the Module Base
To remove the module base perform the following
steps. Refer to figures 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, and 8-4 for key
number locations.
WARNING
Because of the diagnostic capability of the DVC6000
SIS Series digital valve controllers, predictive
maintenance is available through the use of Fisher
AMS ValveLink Software. Using the digital valve
controller, valve and instrument maintenance can be
enhanced, thus avoiding unnecessary maintenance.
For information on using the ValveLink Software, refer
to the AMS ValveLink Software online help.
To avoid personal injury or equipment
damage from bursting of parts, turn
off the supply pressure to the digital
valve controller and bleed off any
excess supply pressure before
attempting to remove the module
base assembly from the housing.
1. For sliding-stem applications only, a protective
shield for the feedback linkage is attached to the side
of the module base assembly (see figures 2-1
and 2-2). Remove this shield and keep for reuse on
the replacement module. The replacement module will
not have this protective shield.
Tools Required
2. Unscrew the four captive screws in the cover
(key 43) and remove the cover from the module
base (key 2).
Table 7-1 lists the tools required for maintaining the
DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller.
3. Using a 6 mm hex socket wrench, loosen the
three-socket head screws (key 38). These screws
December 2008
7-3
7
DVC6000 SIS
Replacing the Module Base
TERMINAL BOX
To replace the module base perform the following
steps. Refer to figures 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, and 8-4 for key
number locations.
MODULE BASE
ASSEMBLY
Note
HOUSING
W8073
CABLE TO
TERMINAL BOX
CABLE TO
TRAVEL SENSOR
PRINTED WIRING
BOARD ASSEMBLY
Figure 7-1. Printed Wiring Board Cable Connections
7
are captive in the module base by retaining rings
(key 154).
Note
The module base is linked to the
housing by two cable assemblies.
Disconnect these cable
assemblies after you pull the
module base out of the housing.
4. Pull the module base straight out of the housing
(key 1). Once clear of the housing, swing the module
base to the side of the housing to gain access to the
cable assemblies.
5. The digital valve controller has two cable
assemblies, shown in figure 7-1, which connect the
module base, via the printed wiring board assembly, to
the travel sensor and the terminal box. Disconnect
these cable assemblies from the printed wiring board
assembly on the back of the module base.
7-4
Inspect the guide surface on the
module and the corresponding seating
area in the housing before installing
the module base assembly. To avoid
affecting performance of the
instrument these surfaces must be
free of dust, dirt, scratches, and
contamination.
Ensure the module base seal is in
good condition. Do not reuse a
damaged or worn seal.
1. Ensure the module base seal (key 237) is properly
installed in the housing (key 1). Ensure the O-ring
(key 12) is in place on the module base assembly.
2. Connect the terminal box connector to the PWB
assembly (key 50). Orientation of the connector is
required.
3. Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB
assembly (key 50). Orientation of the connector is
required.
4. Insert the module base (key 2) into the housing
(key 1).
5. Install three socket head screws (key 38) in the
module base into the housing. If not already installed,
press three retaining rings (key 154) into the module
base. Evenly tighten the screws in a crisscross pattern
to a final torque of 16 NSm (138 lbfSin).
6. Attach the cover (key 43) to the module base
assembly.
7. For sliding-stem applications only, install the
protective shield onto the side of the replacement
module base assembly (see figures 2-1 and 2-2).
December 2008
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Submodule Maintenance
For DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS,
and DVC6005 SIS
CAUTION
Exercise care when performing
maintenance on the module base.
Reinstall the cover to protect the I/P
converter and gauges when servicing
other submodules.
In order to maintain accuracy
specifications, do not strike or drop
the I/P converter during submodule
maintenance.
O-RING LOCATED
IN I/P CONVERTER
OUTPUT PORT
SCREEN (FILTER)
LOCATED IN I/P
CONVERTER
SUPPLY PORT
W8072-1
The digital valve controller’s module base contains the
following submodules: I/P converter, PWB assembly,
and pneumatic relay. If problems occur, these
submodules may be removed from the module base
and replaced with new submodules. After replacing a
submodule, the module base may be put back into
service.
Figure 7-2. I/P Filter Location
4. Inspect the O-ring (key 39) in the I/P output port. if
necessary, replace it.
I/P Converter
5. Reinstall the I/P converter (key 41) and shroud
(key 169) as described in the Replacing the I/P
Converter procedure.
Refer to figures 8-1 through 8-4 for key number
locations. The I/P converter (key 41) is located on the
front of the module base.
Removing the I/P Converter
1. Remove the front cover (key 43), if not already
removed.
Note
After I/P converter submodule
replacement, calibrate the digital valve
controller to maintain accuracy
specifications.
Replacing the I/P Filter
A screen in the supply port beneath the I/P converter
serves as a secondary filter for the supply medium. To
replace this filter, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the I/P converter (key 41) and shroud
(key 169) as described in the Removing the I/P
Converter procedure.
2. Remove the screen (key 231) from the supply port.
3. Install a new screen in the supply port as shown in
figure 7-2.
December 2008
2. Refer to figure 7-3. Using a 2.5 mm hex socket
wrench, remove the four socket-head screws (key 23)
that attach the shroud (key 169) and I/P converter
(key 41) to the module base (key 2).
3. Remove the shroud (key 169); then pull the I/P
converter (key 41) straight out of the module base
(key 2). Be careful not to damage the two electrical
leads that come out of the base of the I/P converter.
4. Ensure that the O-ring (key 39) and screen
(key 231) stay in the module base and do not come
out with the I/P converter (key 41).
Replacing the I/P Converter
1. Refer to figure 7-2. Inspect the condition of the
O-ring (key 39) and screen (key 231) in the module
base (key 2). Replace them, if necessary. Apply
silicone lubricant to the O-rings.
7-5
7
DVC6000 SIS
SHROUD
(KEY 169)
BACK OF PWB ASSEMBLY
SUB-MODULE
DIP SWITCH
SOCKET-HEAD
SCREWS (4)
(KEY 23)
I/P CONVERTER
(KEY 41)
UP
DOWN
BOOTS
(KEY 210)
Figure 7-3. I/P Converter
W9328-1
TERMINAL BOX
CONNECTOR
TRAVEL SENSOR
CONNECTOR
Figure 7-4. DIP Switch Location
Table 7-2. DIP Switch Configuration(1)
Operational Mode
7
Multi-drop Loop
Point-to-Point Loop
Switch Position
UP
DOWN
Note
1. Refer to figure 7-4 for switch location.
If the PWB assembly submodule is
replaced, calibrate and configure the
digital valve controller to maintain
accuracy specifications.
2. Ensure the two boots (key 210) shown in figure 7-3
are properly installed on the electrical leads.
3. Install the I/P converter (key 41) straight into the
module base (key 2), taking care that the two electrical
leads feed into the guides in the module base. These
guides route the leads to the printed wiring board
assembly submodule.
4. Install the shroud (key 169) over the I/P converter
(key 41).
5. Install the four socket-head screws (key 23) and
evenly tighten them in a crisscross pattern to a final
torque of 1.6 NSm (14 lbfSin).
6. After replacing the I/P converter, calibrate travel or
perform touch-up calibration to maintain accuracy
specifications.
PWB (Printed Wiring Board) Assembly
Refer to figures 8-1 through 8-4 for key number
locations. The PWB assembly (key 50) is located on
the back of the module base assembly (key 2).
7-6
Removing the Printed Wiring Board
Assembly
1. Separate the module base from the housing by
performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.
2. Remove three screws (key 33).
3. Lift the PWB assembly (key 50) straight out of the
module base (key 2).
4. Ensure that the O-rings (key 40) remain in the
pressure sensor bosses on the module base assembly
(key 2) after the PWB assembly (key 50) has been
removed.
Replacing the PWB Assembly and Setting
the DIP Switch
1. Apply silicone lubricant to the pressure sensor
O-rings (key 40) and install them on the pressure
sensor bosses in the module base assembly.
2. Properly orient the PWB assembly (key 50) as you
install it into the module base. The two electrical leads
from the I/P converter (key 41) must guide into their
receptacles in the PWB assembly and the pressure
December 2008
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
sensor bosses on the module base must fit into their
receptacles in the PWB assembly.
3. Push the PWB assembly (key 50) into its cavity in
the module base.
4. Install and tighten three screws (key 33) to a torque
of 1 NSm (10.1 lbfSin).
5. Set the DIP switch on the PWB assembly
according to table 7-2.
RELAY SEAL
W8074
Figure 7-5. Pneumatic Relay Assembly
Note
For the digital valve controller to
operate with a 4-20 mA control signal,
the DIP switch must be in the
point-to-point loop position, as shown
in table 7-2.
For the digital valve controller to
operate with a 24 VDC voltage control
signal, the DIP switch must be in the
multi-drop loop position, as shown in
table 7-2.
Replacing the Pneumatic Relay
1. Visually inspect the holes in the module base to
ensure they are clean and free of obstructions. If
cleaning is necessary, do not enlarge the holes.
2. Apply silicone lubricant to the relay seal and
position it in the grooves on the bottom of the relay as
shown in figure 7-5. Press small seal retaining tabs
into retaining slots to hold relay seal in place.
3. Position the relay (with shroud) on the module
base. Tighten the four screws, in a crisscross pattern,
to a final torque of 2 NSm (20.7 lbfSin).
6. Reassemble the module base to the housing by
performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure.
4. Using the Field Communicator, verify that the value
for Relay Type parameter matches the relay type
installed.
7. Setup and calibrate the digital valve controller.
5. After replacing the relay and verifying the relay
type, calibrate travel to maintain accuracy
specifications
Pneumatic Relay
Refer to figures 8-1 through 8-4 for key number
locations. The pneumatic relay (key 24) is located on
the front of the module base.
Note
After relay submodule replacement,
calibrate the digital valve controller to
maintain accuracy specifications.
Gauges, Pipe Plugs, or Tire Valves
Depending on the options ordered, the DVC6000
Series digital valve controller will be equipped with
either gauges (key 47), pipe plugs (key 66), or tire
valves (key 67). Single-acting direct instruments will
also have a screen (key 236, figure 8-5). These are
located on the top of the module base next to the
relay.
Perform the following procedure to replace the
gauges, tire valves, or pipe plugs. Refer to figures 8-1
through 8-5 for key number locations.
1. Remove the front cover (key 43).
Removing the Pneumatic Relay
1. Loosen the four screws that attach the relay
(key 24) to the module base. These screws are
captive in the relay.
2. Remove the relay.
December 2008
2. Remove the gauge, pipe plug, or tire valve as
follows:
For gauges (key 47), the flats are on the gauge case.
Use a wrench on the flats of the gauge to remove the
gauge from the module base. For double-acting
instruments, to remove the supply gauge remove one
of the output gauges.
7-7
7
DVC6000 SIS
For pipe plugs (key 66) and tire valves (key 67),
use a wrench to remove these from the module base.
Replacing the Terminal Box
3. Apply anti-seize (key 64) to the threads of the
replacement gauges, pipe plugs, or tire valves.
4. Using a wrench, screw the gauges, pipe plugs, or
tire valves into the module base.
Note
Inspect all O-rings for wear and
replace as necessary.
Terminal Box
For DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS,
and DVC6005 SIS
Refer to figures 8-1 through 8-4 for key number
locations.
The terminal box is located on the housing and
contains the terminal strip assembly for field wiring
connections.
7
Note
This procedure also applies to the
DVC6005 SIS remote terminal box.
Removing the Terminal Box
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or property
damage caused by fire or explosion,
remove power to the instrument
before removing the terminal box
cover in an area which contains a
potentially explosive atmosphere or
has been classified as hazardous.
1. Loosen the set screw (key 58) in the cap (key 4) so
that the cap can be unscrewed from the terminal box.
1. Install two wire retainers (key 44), internal and
external to the terminal box.
2. Apply silicone lubricant to the O-ring (key 35) and
install the O-ring over the stem of the terminal box.
3. Insert the terminal box assembly stem into the
housing until it bottoms out. Position the terminal box
assembly so that the hole for the screw (key 72) in the
terminal box aligns with the threaded hole in the
housing. Install the screw (key 72).
4. Connect the terminal box connector to the PWB
assembly (key 50). Orientation of the connector is
required.
5. Reassemble the module base to the housing by
performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure.
6. Reconnect the field wiring as noted in step 2 in the
Removing the Terminal Box procedure.
7. Apply silicone lubricant to the O-ring (key 36) and
install the O-ring over the 2-5/8 inch threads of the
terminal box. Use of a tool is recommended to prevent
cutting the O-ring while installing it over the threads.
8. Apply lubricant (key 63) to the 2-5/8 inch threads
on the terminal box to prevent seizing or galling when
the cap is installed.
9. Screw the cap (key 4) onto the terminal box.
10. Install a set screw (key 58) into the cap (key 4).
Loosen the cap (not more than 1 turn) to align the set
screw over one of the recesses in the terminal box.
Tighten the set screw (key 58).
11. Apply anti-seize (key 64) to the conduit entrance
plug (key 62) and install it into the unused conduit
entry of the terminal box.
2. After removing the cap (key 4), note the location of
field wiring connections and disconnect the field wiring
from the terminal box.
3. Separate the module base from the housing by
performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.
4. Remove the screw (key 72). Pull the terminal box
assembly straight out of the housing.
5. Remove two wire retainers (key 44), internal and
external to the terminal box.
7-8
Travel Sensor
For DVC6010 SIS, DVC6015, DVC6020 SIS
DVC6025, DVC6030 SIS, and DVC6035
Replacing the travel sensor requires removing the
digital valve controller from the actuator.
December 2008
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or property
damage caused by fire or explosion,
remove power to the instrument
before removing the potentiometer in
an area which contains a potentially
explosive atmosphere or has been
classified as hazardous.
Disassembly
Note
If the feedback arm (key 79) or
feedback arm assembly (key 84) is
removed from the digital valve
controller, the travel sensor (key 77)
must be recalibrated.
DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller and
DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-2 for DVC6020 SIS and 8-7 for
DVC6025 key number locations.
1. Remove piping and fittings from the instrument.
2. Remove the digital valve controller from the
actuator.
3. Disconnect the bias spring (key 82) from the
feedback arm assembly (key 84) and the arm
assembly (key 91). Remove the mounting bracket
(key 74) from the back of the digital controller.
4. Loosen the screw (key 80) that secures the arm
assembly to the travel sensor shaft.
5. Remove the arm assembly (key 91) from the travel
sensor assembly (key 77) shaft.
If disassembling a DVC6020 SIS digital valve
controller, use step 6a. If disassembling a DVC6025
remote feedback unit, use step 6b.
6. a. Separate the module base from the housing by
performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.
b. Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly
wires from the terminal.
DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller and
DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-1 for DVC6010 SIS and 8-6 for
DVC6015 key number locations.
1. Remove piping and fittings from the instrument.
2. Disconnect the adjustment arm from the connector
arm and the feedback arm (see figures 2-1 and 2-2).
3. Remove the instrument from the actuator.
4. Loosen the screw (key 80) that secures the
feedback arm (key 79) to the travel sensor shaft.
5. Remove the feedback arm (key 79) from the travel
sensor shaft.
If disassembling a DVC6010 SIS digital valve
controller, use step 6a. If disassembling a DVC6015
remote feedback unit, use step 6b.
6. a. Separate the module base from the housing by
performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.
b. Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly
wires from the terminal.
7. Remove the screw (key 72) that fastens the travel
sensor assembly to the housing.
8. Pull the travel sensor assembly (key 223) straight
out of the housing.
DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller and
DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-3 for DVC6030 SIS and 8-8 for
DVC6035 key number locations.
1. Remove piping and fittings from the instrument.
2. Remove the digital valve controller from the
actuator.
3. Loosen the screw (key 80) that secures the
feedback arm (key 79) to the travel sensor shaft and
remove the feedback arm from the travel sensor shaft.
If disassembling a DVC6030 SIS digital valve
controller, use step 4a. If disassembling a DVC6035
remote feedback unit, use step 4b.
4. a. Separate the module base from the housing by
performing the Removing the Module Base procedure.
7. Remove the screw (key 72) that fastens the travel
sensor assembly to the housing.
b. Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly
wires from the terminal.
8. Pull the travel sensor assembly (key 223) straight
out of the housing.
5. From within the housing, unscrew the travel sensor
assembly (key 223) from the housing.
December 2008
7-9
7
DVC6000 SIS
Assembly
steps 5 through 13. To use the Field Communicator,
skip to step 14.
Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter
Note
If the feedback arm (key 79) or
feedback arm assembly (key 84) is
removed from the digital valve
controller, the travel sensor (key 77)
must be recalibrated.
DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller and
DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-1 for DVC6010 SIS and 8-6 for
DVC6015 key number locations.
1. Insert the travel sensor assembly (key 223) into the
housing (key 1). Secure the travel sensor assembly
with screw (key 72).
7
If assembling a DVC6010 digital valve controller, use
step 2a. If assembling a DVC6015 remote feedback
unit, use step 2b.
2. a. Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB
as described in the Replacing the Module Base
procedure.
b. Connect the three travel sensor wires to the
terminals.
5. Align the feedback arm (key 79) to the housing
(key 1) by inserting the alignment pin (key 46) through
the hole marked “A” on the feedback arm. Fully
engage the alignment pin into the tapped hole in the
side of the housing. Position the feedback arm so that
the surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor
shaft.
6. Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of
50,000 ohms. Measure the resistance between pins 1
and 3 of the travel sensor connector. Refer to figure
7-6 for pin location. The resistance should be between
40,000 and 50,000 ohms.
7. Multiply the result in step 6 by 0.046 to get a
calculated resistance. The calculated resistance
should be in the range of 1840 to 2300 ohms.
8. Re-range the multimeter to a resistance of 3000
ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel sensor
connector. Refer to figure 7-6 for pin location.
9. Adjust the travel sensor shaft to obtain the
calculated resistance determined in step 7, $100
ohms.
Note
In the next step, be sure the feedback
arm surface remains flush with the end
of the travel sensor shaft.
Note
For the DVC6015 feedback unit,
connect the potentiometer assembly
(key 223) wires to the terminals as
follows:
red terminal 1
white terminal 2
black terminal 3
3. Loosely assemble the bias spring (key 78), screw
(key 80), plain washer (key 163), and nut (key 81) to
the feedback arm (key 79), if not already installed.
4. Attach the feedback arm (key 79) to the travel
sensor shaft.
Two methods are available for adjusting the travel
sensor. You can use a multimeter to measure the
potentiometer resistance, or if you have a Field
Communicator, you can use the procedure in the
Calibration section. To use the multimeter, perform
7-10
10. While observing the resistance, tighten the screw
(key 80) to secure the feedback arm to the travel
sensor shaft. Be sure the resistance reading remains
within the range listed in step 7, $100 ohms. Paint the
screw to discourage tampering with the connection.
11. Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor
connector.
12. For the DVC6010 SIS only, connect the travel
sensor connector to the PWB as described in
Replacing the Module Base.
13. Travel sensor replacement is complete. Install the
digital valve controller on the actuator.
Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field
Communicator
The next two steps do not apply if you used a
multimeter to adjust the travel sensor. Perform these
steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor
using the Field Communicator.
December 2008
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
PIN 2
PIN 3
1
KEYED
7
3
1
CW
NOTE:
1 THE POTENTIOMETER RESISTANCE BETWEEN PINS 2 AND 3 CAN BE
MEASURED AT THE CONNECTOR. INSERT TWO SHORT LENGTHS OF
22 AWG WIRE INTO THE PIN 2 AND 3 RECEPTACLES IN THE CONNECTOR.
CLIP ON LEADS FROM A DVM (DIGITAL VOLTMETER) TO MEASURE THE
RESISTANCE.
A6481/IL
Figure 7-6. Potentiometer Resistance Measurement
14. For the DVC6010 SIS, connect the travel sensor
connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the
Module Base.
15. For both DVC6010 SIS and DVC6015, perform
the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the
Calibration section.
DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller and
DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-2 for DVC6020 SIS and 8-7 for
DVC6025 key number locations.
1. Insert the travel sensor assembly (key 223) into the
housing. Secure the travel sensor assembly with
screw (key 72).
If assembling a DVC6020 SIS digital valve controller,
use step 2a. If assembling a DVC6025 remote
feedback unit, use step 2b.
December 2008
2. a. Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB
as described in Replacing the Module Base.
b. Connect the three travel sensor wires to the
terminals.
Note
For the DVC6025 feedback unit,
connect the potentiometer assembly
(key 223) wires to the terminals as
follows:
red terminal 1
white terminal 2
black terminal 3
7-11
DVC6000 SIS
3. Loosely assemble the screw (key 80), plain washer
(key 163), and nut (key 81) to the arm assembly
(key 91), if not already installed.
BIAS SPRING
(KEY 82)
4. Attach the arm assembly (key 91) to the travel
sensor assembly (key 223) shaft.
Two methods are available for adjusting the travel
sensor. You can use a multimeter to measure the
potentiometer resistance, or if you have a Field
Communicator, you can use the procedure in the
Calibration section. To use the multimeter, perform
steps 5 through 17. To use the Field Communicator,
skip to step 18.
FEEDBACK
ARM
ASSEMBLY
(KEY 84)
ARM ASSEMBLY
(KEY 91)
Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter
5. Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of
50,000 ohms. Measure the resistance between pins 1
and 3 of the travel sensor connector. Refer to figure
7-6 for pin location. The resistance should be between
40,000 and 50,000 ohms.
7
6. Multiply the result in step 5 by 0.142 to get a
calculated resistance. The calculated resistance
should be in the range of 5680 to 7100 ohms.
7. Re-range the multimeter to a resistance of 7000
ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel sensor
connector. Refer to figure 7-6 for pin location.
8. Hold the arm assembly (key 91) in a fixed position
so that the arm is parallel to the housing back plane
and pointing toward the terminal box. Position the arm
assembly so that the outer surface is flush with the
end of the travel sensor shaft.
9. Adjust the travel sensor shaft to obtain the
calculated resistance determined in step 6, $100
ohms.
Note
In the next step, be sure the arm
assembly outer surface remains flush
with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
10. While observing the resistance, tighten the screw
(key 80) to secure the feedback arm to the travel
sensor shaft. Be sure the resistance reading remains
within the range listed in step 6, $100 ohms. Paint the
screw to discourage tampering with the connection.
11. Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor
connector.
7-12
NOTE:
INSTALL BIAS SPRING WITH SMALLER DIAMETER HOOK
CONNECTED TO ARM ASSEMBLY (KEY 91) AND WITH BOTH HOOK
OPENINGS TOWARD CENTER OF BRACKET.
Figure 7-7. FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Bias Spring (key 82)
Installation
12. Apply anti-seize (key 64) to the pin portion of the
arm assembly (key 91).
13. Position the mounting bracket over the back of the
digital valve controller. Push the feedback arm
assembly (key 84) toward the housing and engage the
pin of the arm assembly into the slot in the feedback
arm.
14. Install the mounting bracket (key 74).
15. Install the bias spring (key 82) as shown in
figure 7-7.
16. For the DVC6020 SIS only, connect the travel
sensor connector to the PWB as described in
Replacing the Module Base.
17. Travel sensor replacement is complete. Install the
digital valve controller on the actuator.
Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field
Communicator
The next two steps do not apply if you used a
multimeter to adjust the travel sensor. Perform these
steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor
using the Field Communicator.
18. For the DVC6020 SIS only, connect the travel
sensor connector to the PWB as described in
Replacing the Module Base.
19. For both the DVC6020 SIS and the DVC6025,
perform the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust
procedure in the Calibration section.
December 2008
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller and
DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit
Refer to figure 8-3 for DVC6030 SIS and 8-8 for
DVC6035 key number locations.
1. Apply lubricant (key 63) to the travel sensor
assembly threads.
2. Screw the travel sensor assembly (key 223) into
the housing until it is tight.
If assembling a DVC6030 SIS digital valve controller,
use step 3a. If assembling a DVC6035 remote
feedback unit, use step 3b.
3. a. Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB
as described in the Replacing the Module Base
procedure.
b. Connect the three travel sensor wires to the
terminals.
Note
For the DVC6035 feedback unit,
connect the potentiometer assembly
(key 223) wires to the terminals as
follows:
red terminal 1
white terminal 2
black terminal 3
7. Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of
50,000 ohms. Measure the resistance between pins 1
and 3 of the travel sensor connector. Refer to figure
7-6 for pin location. The resistance should be between
40,000 and 50,000 ohms.
8. Multiply the result in step 7 by 0.042 to get a
calculated resistance. The calculated resistance
should be in the range of 1680 to 2100 ohms.
9. Re-range the multimeter to a resistance of 3000
ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel sensor
connector. Refer to figure 7-6 for pin location.
10. Adjust the travel sensor shaft to obtain the
calculated resistance determined in step 8, $100
ohms.
Note
In the next step, be sure the feedback
arm outer surface remains flush with
the end of the travel sensor shaft.
7
11. While observing the resistance, tighten the screw
(key 80) to secure the feedback arm to the travel
sensor shaft. Be sure the resistance reading remains
within the range listed in step 8, $100 ohms. Paint the
screw to discourage tampering with the connection.
12. Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor
connector.
4. Loosely assemble the bias spring (key 78), screw
(key 80), plain washer (key 163), and nut (key 81) to
the feedback arm (key 79), if not already installed.
13. For the DVC6030 SIS only, connect the travel
sensor connector to the PWB as described in
Replacing the Module Base.
5. Attach the feedback arm (key 79) to the travel
sensor shaft.
14. Travel sensor replacement is complete. Install the
digital valve controller on the actuator as described in
the Installation section.
Two methods are available for adjusting the travel
sensor. You can use a multimeter to measure the
potentiometer resistance, or if you have a Field
Communicator, you can use the procedure in the
Calibration section. To use the multimeter, perform
steps 6 through 14. To use the Field Communicator,
skip to step 15.
Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter
6. Align the feedback arm (key 79) to the housing
(key 1) by inserting the alignment pin (key 46) through
the hole marked “A” on the feedback arm. Fully
engage the alignment pin into the tapped hole in the
housing. Position the feedback arm so that the outer
surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft.
December 2008
Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field
Communicator
The next two steps do not apply if you used a
multimeter to adjust the travel sensor. Perform these
steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor
using the Field Communicator.
15. For the DVC6030 SIS only, connect the travel
sensor connector to the PWB as described in
Replacing the Module Base.
16. For both the DVC6030 SIS and the DVC6035,
perform the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust
procedure in the Calibration section.
7-13
DVC6000 SIS
Instrument Troubleshooting
If communication or output difficulties are experienced
with the instrument, refer to the troubleshooting chart
in table 7-3. Also see the DVC6000 SIS
Troubleshooting Checklist on page 7-17.
Checking Voltage Available
To check the Voltage Available at the instrument,
perform the following:
1. Connect the equipment in figure 2-24 to the field
wiring in place of the FIELDVUE instrument.
2. Set the control system to provide maximum output
current.
3. Set the resistance of the 1 kilohm potentiometer
shown in figure 2-24 to zero.
4. Record the current shown on the milliammeter.
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage
caused by fire or explosion may occur
if this test is attempted in an area
which contains a potentially explosive
atmosphere or has been classified as
hazardous.
5. Adjust the resistance of the 1 kilohm potentiometer
until the voltage read on the voltmeter is 11.0 volts.
6. Record the current shown on the milliammeter.
7. If the current recorded in step 6 is the same as that
recorded in step 4 (± 0.08 mA), the voltage available is
adequate.
8. If the voltage available is inadequate, refer to
Wiring Practices in the Installation section.
7
7-14
December 2008
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Table 7-3. Instrument Troubleshooting
Symptom
1. Analog input reading at
instrument does not match
actual current provided.
Possible Cause
Action
1a. Control mode not Analog.
1a. Check the control mode using the Field Communicator. If
in the Digital or Test mode, the instrument receives its set
point as a digital signal. Control is not based on input current.
Change Control Mode to Analog.
1b. Low control system compliance voltage.
1b. Check system compliance voltage (see Wiring Practices
in the Installation section.
1c. Instrument shutdown due to self test failure.
1c. Check instrument status using the Field Communicator
(see Viewing Instrument Status in the Viewing Device
Information section).
1d. Calibrate the analog input sensor (see Analog Input
Calibration in the Calibration section).
1d. Analog input sensor not calibrated.
1e. Current leakage.
2. Instrument will not
communicate.
1e. Excessive moisture in the terminal box can cause current
leakage. Typically the current will vary randomly if this is the
case. Allow the inside of the terminal box to dry, then retest.
2a. Calculate Voltage Available (see Wiring Practices in the
Installation section). Voltage Available should be greater than
or equal to 11 VDC.
2b. Install a HART filter after reviewing Control System
Compliance Voltage requirements (see Wiring Practices in the
Installation section).
2c. Review maximum cable capacitance limits (see Wiring
Practices in the Installation section).
2a. Insufficient Voltage Available.
2b. Controller output Impedance too low.
2c. Cable capacitance too high.
2d. HART filter improperly adjusted.
2d. Check filter adjustment (see the appropriate HART filter
instruction manual).
2e. Improper field wiring.
2e. Check polarity of wiring and integrity of connections. Make
sure cable shield is grounded only at the control system.
2f. Controller output providing less than 4 mA to loop.
2f. Check control system minimum output setting, which
should not be less than 3.8 mA.
2g. Disconnected loop wiring cable at PWB.
2g. Verify connectors are plugged in correctly.
2h. PWB DIP switch not set properly.
2h. Check for incorrect setting or broken DIP switch on the
back of the PWB. Reset switch or replace PWB, if switch is
broken. See table 7-2 for switch setting information
2j. Use a 4−20 mA current source to apply power to the
instrument. Terminal voltage across the LOOP+ and LOOP−
terminals should be 9 to 10.5 VDC. If the terminal voltage is
not 9 to 10.5 VDC, replace the PWB.
2j. PWB failure.
2k. Polling address incorrect.
2k. Use the Field Communicator to set the polling address
(refer to the Detailed Setup section). From the Utilities menu,
select Configure Communicator and Polling. Select Always
Poll. Set the instrument polling address to 0.
2l. Defective terminal box.
2l. Check continuity from each screw terminal to the
corresponding PWB connector pin. If necessary, replace the
terminal box assembly.
2m. If necessary, repair or replace cable.
2m. Defective Field Communicator or ValveLink
modem cable.
3. Instrument will not
calibrate, has sluggish
performance or oscillates.
2n. ValveLink modem defective or not compatible
with PC.
2n. Replace ValveLink modem.
2p. ValveLink hardlock defective or not programmed.
2p. Replace if defective or return to factory for programming.
3a. Travel sensor seized, will not turn.
3a. Rotate feedback arm to ensure it moves freely. If not,
replace the pot/bushing assy.
3b. Broken travel sensor wire(s).
3b. Inspect wires for broken solder joint at pot or broken wire.
Replace pot/bushing assy.
3c. Travel sensor misadjusted.
3c. Perform Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration
section.
3d. Open travel sensor.
3d. Check for continuity in electrical travel range. If necessary,
replace pot/bushing assy.
3e. Cables not plugged into PWB correctly.
3e. Inspect connections and correct.
3f. Feedback arm loose on pot.
3f. Perform Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration
section.
3g. Feedback arm bent/damaged or bias spring
missing/damaged.
3g. Replace feedback arm and bias spring.
−continued−
December 2008
7-15
7
DVC6000 SIS
Table 7-3. Instrument Troubleshooting (Continued)
Symptom
Possible Cause
3h. Configuration errors.
Action
3h. Verify configuration:
If necessary, set protection to None.
If Out of Service, place In Service.
Check:
Travel Sensor Motion
Tuning set
Zero power condition
Feedback Connection
Control mode (should be Analog)
Restart control mode (should be Analog)
3j. Restricted pneumatic passages in I/P converter.
3j. Check screen in I/P converter supply port of the module
base. Replace if necessary. If passages in I/P converter
restricted, replace I/P converter.
3k. O-ring(s) between I/P converter ass’y missing or hard 3k. Replace O-ring(s).
and flattened losing seal.
7
3l. I/P converter ass’y damaged/corroded/clogged.
3l. Check for bent flapper, open coil (continuity),
contamination, staining, or dirty air supply. Coil resistance
should be between 1680 - 1860 ohms. Replace I/P assy if
damaged, corroded, clogged, or open coil.
3m. I/P converter ass’y out of spec.
3m. I/P converter ass’y nozzle may have been adjusted. Verify
drive signal (55 to 80% for double-acting; 60 to 85% for
single-acting) with the valve off the stops. Replace I/P
converter ass’y if drive signal is continuously high or low.
3n. Defective module base seal.
3n. Check module base seal for condition and position. If
necessary, replace seal.
3p. Defective relay.
3p. Depress relay beam at adjustment location in shroud, look
for increase in output pressure. Remove relay, inspect relay
seal. Replace relay seal or relay if I/P converter ass’y good
and air passages not blocked. Check relay adjustment.
3q. Defective 67CFR regulator, supply pressure gauge
jumps around.
3q. Replace 67CFR regulator.
4. ValveLink diagnostic tests 4a. Bent or defective pressure sensor.
provide erroneous results.
4b. Pressure sensor O-ring missing.
4a. Replace PWB.
5. Field Communicator does 5a. Battery pack not charged.
not turn on.
5a. Charge battery pack.
Note: Battery pack can be charged while attached to the Field
communicator or separately. The 375 Field Communicator is
fully operable while the battery pack is charging. Do not
attempt to charge the battery pack in a hazardous area.
7-16
4b. Replace O-ring.
December 2008
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
DVC6000 SIS Troubleshooting Checklist
1. Instrument serial number as read from nameplate ________________________________________________
2. Is the digital valve controller responding to the control signal? Yes _________ No _________
If not, describe
3. Measure the voltage across the “Loop −” and Loop +” terminal box screws when the commanded current is
4.0 mA and 20.0 mA:
V @ 4.0 mA
V @ 20.0 mA.
(These values should be around 9.6 V @ 4.0 mA and 10.3 V @ 20 mA.
4. Is it possible to communicate via HART to the digital valve controller? Yes _________ No _________
5. What is the Diagnostic Tier of the digital valve controller? SIS
6. What is the firmware version of the digital valve controller?
7. What is the hardware version of the digital valve controller?
8. Is the digital valve controller’s Instrument Mode “In Service”? Yes _________ No _________
9. Is the digital valve controller’s Control Mode set to “Analog”?
Yes _________ No _________
10. Is it on Travel or Pressure control?
11. What are the following parameter readings?
Input Signal _________
7
Drive Signal _________%
Supply Pressure _________ Pressure A _________
Pressure B _________
Travel Target _________% Travel _________%
12. What are the following alert readings?
Fail alerts _______________________________________________________________________________
Valve alerts _____________________________________________________________________________
Operational status ________________________________________________________________________
Alert event record entries __________________________________________________________________
13. Export ValveLink data (if available) for the device (Status Monitor, Detailed Setup, etc.).
Mounting
1. Which DVC6000 SIS do you have?
DVC6010 ____ DVC6020 ____ DVC6030 ____ Remote Mount? ____
2. What Make, Brand, Style, Size, etc. actuator is the DVC6000 SIS mounted on? ________________________
3. What is the full travel of the valve? ____________________________________________________________
4. What is the Mounting Kit part number? _________________________________________________________
5. If mounting kits are made by LBP/Customer, please provide pictures of installation.
6. Is the Mounting kit installed per the instructions? Yes _________ No _________
7. What is the safe position of the valve? Fail closed _________ Fail open _________
8. For a DVC6010 SIS or DVC6030 SIS: During full travel of the actuator, does the DVC6000 feedback arm
move below the “A” or above the “B” alignment positions? (It should not) Yes _________ No _________
December 2008
7-17
DVC6000 SIS
7
7-18
December 2008
Parts
8-8
Section 8 Parts
Parts Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-2
Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-2
Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4
Common Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4
Module Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4
I/P Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4
Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4
Terminal Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-5
PWB Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-5
Pressure Gauges, Pipe Plugs, or Tire Valve Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-5
Feedback / Remote Travel Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-5
LC340 Line Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-6
December 2008
8
8-1
DVC6000 SIS
Parts Ordering
Whenever corresponding with your Emerson Process
Management sales office about this equipment,
always mention the controller serial number. When
ordering replacement parts, refer to the 11-character
part number of each required part as found in the
following parts list. Parts which do not show part
numbers are not orderable.
Note
The stainless steel option, extreme
temperature, and remote mount
options are available for the DVC6000
SIS digital valve controller with exida
approval.
WARNING
Use only genuine Fisher replacement
parts. Components that are not
supplied by Emerson Process
Management should not, under any
circumstances, be used in any Fisher
instrument. Use of components not
supplied by Emerson Process
Management may void your warranty,
might adversely affect the
performance of the valve, and could
cause personal injury and property
damage.
Parts Kits
Conversion kit 3 listed below provides the parts
required to convert a DVC6010 SIS to a DVC6020 SIS
or a DVC6015 to a DVC6025. Conversion kit 4
provides the parts required to convert a DVC6020 SIS
to a DVC6010 SIS or a DVC6025 to a DVC6015.
Kit
1*
8
Note
Neither Emerson, Emerson Process
Management, nor any of their affiliated
entities assumes responsibility for the
selection, use, and maintenance of any
product. Responsibility for the selection,
use, and maintenance of any product
remains with the purchaser and
end-user.
2*
3
Description
Elastomer Spare Parts Kit (kit contains parts to
service one digital valve controller)
Standard
Extreme Temperature option
(fluorosilicone elastomers)
Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit (kit contains parts
to service one digital valve controller)
Conversion Kit (DVC6010 SIS to DVC6020 SIS
or DVC6015 to DVC6025)
Also see note below
Part Number
19B5402X012
19B5402X022
19B5403X012
19B5405X012
Note
When converting a DVC6010 SIS to a DVC6020 SIS for
pipe-away construction, also order pipe-away bracket
kit, item 6.
Note
All part numbers are for both
aluminum and stainless steel
constructions, unless otherwise
indicated.
4
Conversion Kit (DVC6020 SIS to DVC6010 SIS or
DVC6025 to DVC6015)
14B5072X112
5
Alignment Pin Kit
[kit contains 15 alignment pins (key 46)]
6
14B5072X092
Pipe-Away Bracket Kit (DVC6020 SIS) [kit contains
mounting bracket (key 74) and O-ring (key 75)]
Standard
19B5404X012
Extreme Temperature option
(fluorosilicone elastomers)
19B5404X022
*Recommended spare parts
8-2
December 2008
Parts
Kit
Description
Part Number
Kit
18*
7*
8
9*
10
11*
12*
13*
Seal Screen Kit
[kit contains 25 seal screens (key 231)
and 25 O-rings (key 39)]
Standard and Extreme Temperature option
(fluorosilicone elastomers)
Terminal Box Kit, aluminum
Standard
Extreme Temperature option
(fluorosilicone elastomers)
DVC6010 SIS to DVC6005 SIS/DVC6015
DVC6010 SIS to DVC6005 SIS/DVC6035
DVC6020 SIS to DVC6005 SIS/
DVC6025 (short arm)
DVC6020 SIS to DVC6005 SIS/
DVC6025 (long arm)
19B5401X012
19B5401X022
38B6041X092
Adjustment Arm Kit
(includes washer, nut and adjustment arm)
14B5072X132
PTFE Sleeve Kit
[For pot bushing assembly (kit includes 10 sleeves and
Lubricant)]
DVC6010 SIS and DVC6020 SIS
GE08726X012
DVC6030 SIS
GE08727X012
Spare Module Base Assembly Kit, aluminum
[kit contains module base (key 2); drive screws, qty. 2,
(key 11); shield/label (key 19); hex socket cap screw, qty. 3,
(key 38); self tapping screw, qty. 2 (key 49); pipe plug, qty. 3
(key 61); retaining ring, qty. 3 (key 154); screen (key 236);
and flame arrestors, qty. 3 (key 243)]
GE18654X012
19
20
GE12742X012
15*
Spare Shroud Kit
GE29183X012
DVC6025RMSA
DVC6025RMLA
GE00419X012
GE00420X012
Note
All metallic parts (except coil springs) in the corrosion
kit and parts that experience rubbing or wear in the
wear kit are coated with a proprietary tungsten carbon
coating.
21
22
Remote Mount Kits
GE00418X012
49B7986X012
49B7987X012
49B7987X022
49B7988X012
Feedback Unit Termination Strip Kit
Pipestand/Wall Mounting Kit
DVC6015RMTR
DVC6035RMTR
Severe Service Linkage Kits
Spare Housing Assembly Kit, aluminum
[kit contains housing (key 1); drive screw, qty. 2 (key 11);
shield (key 20); and screen (key 271)]
DVC6010 SIS/DVC6020 SIS
GE18652X012
DVC6030 SIS
GE18653X012
DVC6020 SIS Cam Adjustment Tool
17
Remote Mount Retrofit Kit
This kit converts an existing DVC6000 to the remote
mounted version. Note that the DVC6030 cannot be
converted to the DVC6035.
14B5072X182
I/P Converter Kit
Remote Terminal Box Kit
Standard
Feedback Unit
DVC6015
DVC6025 long arm
DVC6025 Short Arm
DVC6035
Part Number
Note
14
16
Description
Corrosion Kit
DVC6010 SIS 0.25−2 Inch travel
DVC6010 SIS 2−4 Inch travel
DVC6020 SIS short arm
DVC6020 long arm
DVC6030 SIS rotary
DVC6030 SIS linear
Wear Kit
DVC6010 SIS 0.25−2 Inch travel
DVC6010 SIS 2−4 Inch travel
DVC6020 SIS short arm
DVC6020 SIS long arm
DVC6030 SIS rotary
DVC6030 SIS linear
GE22667X012
GE22668X012
GE22670X012
GE22671X012
GE22672X012
GE22673X012
GE22674X012
GE22675X012
GE22676X012
GE22677X012
GE22678X012
GE22679X012
Kit, Spring
DVC6010 SIS 0.25−2 inch travel [kit contains 10 bias
springs w/tungsten carbon coating]
GE37413X012
DVC6010 SIS 2−4 inch travel, [kit contains 10 bias
springs w/tungsten carbon coating]
GE37414X012
Safety Instrumented System Kits
23*
SIS Preventative Maintenance Kits
DVC6010 SIS and DVC6020 SIS
DVC6030 SIS
19B4032X012
19B4031X012
*Recommended spare parts
December 2008
8-3
8
DVC6000 SIS
Parts List
Key
Parts which do not show part numbers are not
orderable as individual parts. In most cases, they are
available in one of the parts kits listed under Parts
Kits.
Module Base
Note
Parts with footnote numbers shown
are available in parts kits. Also see
footnote information at the bottom of
the page.
Key
Description
Part Number
Housing
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS,
DVC6005 SIS (see figures 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, and 8-4)
1
11
20
52
74
8
75*
245
248
249
250
267
271
Housing(13)
Drive Screw (2 req’d)(13)
Shield(13)
Vent, plastic DVC6010 SIS and DVC6030 SIS only(2)
Mounting Bracket
DVC6020 SIS Std(3) or pipe-away(6)
O-Ring, DVC6020 SIS only(6)
Pipe Plug, pl stl(6), DVC6020 SIS Vent-away only
Screw, hex head (4 req’d), (DVC6005 SIS only)(20)
Screw, hex head (4 req’d), (DVC6005 SIS only)(20)
Spacer (4 req’d), (DVC6005 SIS only)(20)
Standoff (2 req’d), (DVC6005 SIS only)(20)
Screen(13)
Description
Part Number
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS,
DVC6005 SIS (see figures 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, 8-4 and 8-5)
2
11
12
19
61
236
243
Module Base(12)
Drive Screw (2 req’d)(12)
O-ring(1,23)
Label, Shield Assembly(12)
Pipe Plug, hex socket (3 req’d)(12)
Screen, for single-acting direct units only(12)
Flame Arrestor Assy (3 req’d)(12)
I/P Converter Assembly
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS,
DVC6005 SIS (see figures 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, and 8-4)
39*
41
169
210*
231*
O-ring (1,7,9,23)
I/P Converter(9,23)
Shroud(9,15,23)
Boot, nitrile (2 req’d)(1,9,23) (see figure 7-3)
Seal Screen(1,7,9,23)
Relay
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS,
DVC6005 SIS (see figures 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, and 8-4)
24*
Relay Assembly, (includes shroud, relay seal, mounting
screws)(23)
Low Bleed, nitrile
Relay A, double-acting
38B5786X072
Note
Relay B and C are not TÜV approved.
Common Parts
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS,
DVC6005 SIS (see figures 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, and 8-4)
16*
23
29
33
38
43*
48
49
63
64
65
154
237
Relay B, single-acting reverse
Relay C, single-acting direct
38B5786X112
38B5786X152
O-ring (3 req’d)(1,23)
Cap Screw, hex socket, SST (4 req’d)(2,15)
Warning label, for use only with LCIE hazardous area
classifications
Mach Screw, pan hd, SST (3 req’d)(2)
Cap Screw, hex socket, SST (3 req’d)(2,12)
Cover Assembly (includes cover screws)
38B9580X022
Nameplate
Screw, self tapping (2 req’d)(12)
Lithium grease (not furnished with the instrument)
Anti-seize compound (not furnished with the instrument)
Lubricant, silicone sealant (not furnished with the instrument)
Retaining Ring (3 req’d)(2)
Module Base Seal(1,23)
*Recommended spare parts
1. Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit
2. Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit
3. Available in the DVC6010 SIS to DVC6020 SIS Conversion Kit
6. Available in the Pipe-Away Bracket Kit
7. Available in the Seal Screen Kit
9. Available in the I/P Converter Kit
12. Available in the Spare Module Base Assembly Kit
13. Available in the Spare Housing Assembly Kit
15. Available in the Spare Shroud Kit
20. Available in the Pipestand/Wall Mounting Kit
23. Available in the SIS Preventative Maintenance Kit
8-4
December 2008
Parts
Key
Description
Part Number
Terminal Box
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS,
DVC6005 SIS (see figures 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, and 8-4)
4
34*
36*
44
58
72
164
246
247
Terminal Box Cap
O-ring(1,8,23)
O-ring(1,8,23)
Wire Retainer, pl stl (6 req’d) (not shown)(2)
Set Screw, hex socket, SST(2)
Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2)
Terminal Box Assembly(8)
SIS Label
TÜV or exida Approval Label
Key
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS,
DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035
(see figures 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, 8-6, 8-7, and 8-8)
64
65
72
78
79
DVC6005 SIS (see figure 8-4)
4
34*
36*
44
58
62
72
262
263*
264
Cap(16)
Terminal Box
O-ring(1,8,16)
O-ring(1,8,16)
Wire Retainer, pl stl (5 req’d) (not shown)(2,17)
Set Screw, hex socket, SST(2,16)
Pipe Plug, hex hd, SST(16)
Cap Screw, hex socket, SST (3 req’d)(2,16)
Adapter(16)
O-ring(16)
Standard
Extreme temperature option, (fluorosilicone)
Terminal Box Assembly, remote(16)
80
81
104
1F463606992
1F4636X0092
107
PWB Assembly
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS,
DVC6005 SIS (see figures 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, and 8-4)
Note
---
Contact your Emerson Process Management sales
office for PWB Assembly FS numbers.
50*
PWB Assembly
Pressure Gauges, Pipe Plugs, or Tire
Valve Assemblies (see figure 8-5)
47*
66
67
Pressure Gauge, nickel-plated brass case, brass connection
Double-acting (3 req’d); Single-acting (2 req’d)
PSI/MPA Gauge Scale
To 60 PSI, 0.4 MPa
18B7713X042
To 160 PSI, 1.1 MPa
18B7713X022
PSI/bar Gauge Scale
To 60 PSI, 4 bar
18B7713X032
To 160 PSI, 11 bar
18B7713X012
Pipe Plug, hex hd
For double-acting and single acting direct w/gauges
(none req’d)
For single-acting reverse w/gauges (1 req’d)
For all units w/o gauges (3 req’d)
Tire Valve Assembly (3 req’d)
December 2008
Part Number
Feedback / Remote Travel Sensor Parts
Common Feedback Parts
46
Remote Terminal Box
Description
163
223*
Alignment Pin(5)
for DVC6010 SIS, DVC6030 SIS, DVC6015, and DVC6035
Anti-seize compound (not furnished with the instrument)
Lubricant, silicone sealant (not furnished with the instrument)
Cap Screw, hex socket (2 req’d)(2)
for DVC6010 SIS, DVC6030 SIS, DVC6015, and DVC6035
Bias Spring, SST(2)
for DVC6010 SIS, DVC6030 SIS, DVC6015, and DVC6035
Feedback Arm
for DVC6010 SIS, DVC6030 SIS, DVC6015, and DVC6035
Cap Screw, hex socket, SST(2)
Square Nut, SST(2)
Cap Screw, hex hd (4 req’d)
Aluminum Construction
DVC6010 SIS and DVC6015
Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R actuators.
Mounting parts for 1250 and 1250R actuators are
included in the mounting kit for these actuators.
Stainless Steel Construction
DVC6010 SIS (oversized) (4 req’d)
Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R actuators.
8
Mounting Bracket(4)
DVC6010 SIS and DVC6015 only
Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R actuators.
Mounting parts for 1250 and 1250R actuators are
included in the mounting kit for these actuators.
Feedback Linkage Shield, see figures 2-1 and 2-2
Up to 50.4 mm (2-inch) travel
All sliding-stem actuators except 585C size 60
50.4 mm (2-inch) to 104mm (4-inch) travel
All sliding-stem actuators except 585C size 60
585C size 60, 19 mm (0.75 inch) to 104mm (4-inch) travel
Plain Washer, SST(2)
Potentiometer/Bushing Assy(18,23)
Standard Elastomers
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS
DVC6030 SIS
Extreme Temperature option
(fluorosilicone elastomers)
DVC6010 SIS and DVC6020 SIS
DVC6030 SIS
DVC6015 and DVC6025(17)
DVC6035(17)
GE31447X012
GE31448X012
GE31450X012
GE31451X012
GE31453X012
GE31454X012
*Recommended spare parts
1. Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit
2. Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit
4. Available in the DVC6020 SIS to DVC6010 SIS Conversion Kit
5. Available in the Alignment Pin Kit
8. Available in the Terminal Box Kit
16. Available in the Remote Terminal Box Kit
17. Available in Feedback Unit Kit
18. Available in the Remote Mount Retrofit Kit
23. Available in the SIS Preventative Maintenance Kit
8-5
DVC6000 SIS
Key
Description
Part Number
Key
Description
Part Number
58
62
131
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
260
261
265
Set Screw, hex socket(17)
Pipe Plug, hex hd, SST(17)
Retainer Wire
Feedback housing(17)
Assembly Plate Shield (DVC6015 only)(17)
Terminal bracket(17,19)
Terminal Strip(17,19)
Terminal Cap(17)
O-ring, fluorosilicone(17)
Machine Screw, pan head (2 req’d) (DVC6015 only)(17)
Label, cover(17)
Hex Nut, SST (2 req’d)
Nameplate
Plug (DVC6015 and DVC6035 only)(17)
DVC6020 SIS and DVC6025 (see figure 8-2 and 8-7)
74
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
Mounting Bracket
Bias Spring, SST(3)
Bearing Flange, PTFE-based (2 req’d)(3)
Feedback Arm Assy, SST(3)
E-ring, pl stl (2 req’d)(3)
Plain Washer, pl stl (2 req’d)(3)
Follower Post, SST(3)
Roller, SST/PTFE(3)
Spring Lock Washer, pl stl(3)
Hex Nut, pl stl(3)
Arm Assy, SST
Cap Screw, hex socket (4 req’d)(3)
Torsion Spring, Feedback Arm(3)
DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035
(see figures 8-6, 8-7, and 8-8)
23
44
49
Cap Screw, hex socket (2 req’d)(17,19)
Wire Retainer, pl stl (9 req’d)(17,19)
Screw, self tapping (2 req’d)
Line Conditioner
LC340 Line conditioner
39B5416X012
8
*Recommended spare parts
3. Available in the DVC6010 SIS to DVC6020 SIS Conversion Kit
17. Available in Feedback Unit Kit
19. Available in Feedback Unit Termination Strip Kit
8-6
December 2008
Parts
11
20
247
11
19
A
246
OUTPUT A
64
A
SECTION A‐A
61
49
OUTPUT B
271
SUPPLY
243
E
E
1
SECTION C‐C
SECTION D‐D
SECTION E‐E
APPLY LUB, SEALANT
NOTES:
SEE FIGURE 8-5 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS
1
2. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
48B7710 K SHT 1 & 2 / DOC
Figure 8-1. FIELDVUE DVC6010 SIS Digital Valve Controller Assembly
December 2008
8-7
8
DVC6000 SIS
A
246
B
H
B
C
C
E
D
D
E
H
SECTION A‐A
A
8
SECTION H‐H
SECTION B‐B
247
SECTION C‐C
SECTION D‐D
SECTION E‐E
APPLY LUB, SEALANT
1. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
48B9596-K/IL SHT 1 & 2 / DOC
Figure 8-2. FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller Assembly
8-8
December 2008
Parts
1
61
64
APPLY LUB, SEALANT
NOTES:
1
SEE FIGURE 8-5 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS
2. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
48B9596-K SHT 3 / DOC
Figure 8-2. FIELDVUE DVC6020 SIS Digital Valve Controller Assembly (continued)
8
December 2008
8-9
DVC6000 SIS
11
243
20
SECTION B‐B
19
247
11
OUTPUT A
271
SUPPLY
64
246
B
B
A
D
61
49
8
D
OUTPUT B
SECTION A‐A
A
1
C
C
SECTION C‐C
SECTION D‐D
APPLY LUB, SEALANT, THREAD LOCK
NOTES:
SEE FIGURE 8-5 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS
1
2. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
48B9597-K SHT 1 & 2 / DOC
Figure 8-3. FIELDVUE DVC6030 SIS Digital Valve Controller Assembly
8-10
December 2008
Parts
8
SECTION A‐A
SECTION C‐C
SECTION B‐B
APPLY LUB, SEALANT
NOTES:
1. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
49B3261-C SHT 1 & 2
Figure 8-4. FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Base Unit
December 2008
8-11
DVC6000 SIS
1
E
E
SECTION E‐E
OUTPUT A
8
OUTPUT A
OUTPUT B
OUTPUT B
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
WALL MOUNTING
PIPESTAND MOUNTING
APPLY LUB, SEALANT
NOTES:
SEE FIGURE 8-5 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS
1
2. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
49B3261-C SHT 2 & 3 / DOC
Figure 8-4. FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Base Unit (continued)
8-12
December 2008
Parts
2
1
DOUBLE-ACTING
SINGLE-ACTING DIRECT
SINGLE-ACTING REVERSE
APPLY LUB, SEALANT
NOTE:
DRAWING IS REPRESENTATIVE OF A DVC6000 SERIES DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER.
GAUGE CONFIGURATION IS REPRESENTATIVE OF BOTH DVC6000 SERIES AND DVC6005.
1 FOR SINGLE-ACTING DIRECT, OUTPUT B IS PLUGGED.
2 FOR SINGLE-ACTING REVERSE, OUTPUT A IS PLUGGED.
48B7710-K SHT 2 / DOC
Figure 8-5. Typical FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series / DVC6005 SIS Base Unit Gauge Configuration
8
SECTION C‐C
SECTION B‐B
SECTION A‐A
APPLY LUB, SEALANT
NOTE:
1. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
SECTION D‐D
49B7986-A
Figure 8-6. FIELDVUE DVC6015 Feedback Unit Assembly
December 2008
8-13
DVC6000 SIS
SECTION B‐B
8
SECTION A‐A
APPLY LUB, SEALANT, THREAD LOCK
NOTE:
1. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
49B7987-A/IL
Figure 8-7. FIELDVUE DVC6025 Feedback Unit Assembly
8-14
December 2008
Parts
SECTION C‐C
SECTION B‐B
8
APPLY LUB, SEALANT, THREAD LOCK
NOTE:
1. APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O-RINGS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
SECTION A‐A
49B7988-A
Figure 8-8. FIELDVUE DVC6035 Feedback Unit Assembly
December 2008
8-15
DVC6000 SIS
8
8-16
December 2008
Principle of Operation
A-A-
Appendix A Principle of Operation
HART Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-2
Digital Valve Controller Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-2
A
December 2008
A-1
DVC6000 SIS
+0.5 mA
CONTROL SYSTEM
0
ANALOG
SIGNAL
−0.5 mA
HART
MODEM
1200 Hz
“1”
2200 Hz
“0”
AVERAGE CURRENT CHANGE DURING COMMUNICATION = 0
A6174/IL
Figure A-1. HART Frequency Shift Keying Technique
FIELD
TERM.
HART Communication
The HART (Highway Addressable Remote
Transducer) protocol gives field devices the capability
of communicating instrument and process data
digitally. This digital communication occurs over the
same two-wire loop that provides the 4-20 mA process
control signal, without disrupting the process signal. In
this way, the analog process signal, with its faster
update rate, can be used for control. At the same time,
the HART protocol allows access to digital diagnostic,
maintenance, and additional process data. The
protocol provides total system integration via a host
device.
A
The HART protocol uses frequency shift keying (FSK).
Two individual frequencies of 1200 and 2200 Hz are
superimposed over the 4-20 mA current signal. These
frequencies represent the digits 1 and 0 (see figure
A-1). By superimposing a frequency signal over the
4-20 mA current, digital communication is attained.
The average value of the HART signal is zero,
therefore no DC value is added to the 4-20 mA signal.
Thus, true simultaneous communication is achieved
without interrupting the process signal.
The HART protocol allows the capability of
multi-dropping, i.e., networking several devices to a
single communications line. This process is well suited
for monitoring remote applications such as pipelines,
custody transfer sites, and tank farms. See table 7-2
for instructions on changing the printed wiring board
DIP switch configuration to multi-drop.
Digital Valve Controller Operation
The DVC6000 Series digital valve controller housing
contains the travel sensor, terminal box, pneumatic
input and output connections and a module base that
may be easily replaced in the field without
disconnecting field wiring or tubing. This master
module contains the following submodules: I/P
A-2
A6761 / IL
Figure A-2. Typical FIELDVUE Instrument
to Personal Computer Connections for
ValveLink Software
converter, printed wiring board (pwb) assembly, and
pneumatic relay. The module base can be rebuilt by
replacing the submodules. See figures A-3 and A-4.
Process Applications
DVC6000 Series digital valve controllers are
loop-powered instruments that provide a control valve
position proportional to an input signal from the control
room. The following describes a double-acting
DVC6010 digital valve controller mounted on a piston
actuator.
The input signal is routed into the terminal box through
a single twisted pair of wires and then to the printed
wiring board assembly submodule where it is read by
the microprocessor, processed by a digital algorithm,
and converted into an analog I/P drive signal.
As the input signal increases, the drive signal to the
I/P converter increases, increasing the I/P output
pressure. The I/P output pressure is routed to the
pneumatic relay submodule. The relay is also
connected to supply pressure and amplifies the small
pneumatic signal from the I/P converter. The relay
accepts the amplified pneumatic signal and provides
two output pressures. With increasing input (4 to 20
mA signal), the output A pressure always increases
and the output B pressure decreases. The output A
pressure is used for double-acting and single-acting
direct applications. The output B pressure is used for
December 2008
Principle of Operation
4−20 mA
INPUT SIGNAL
+
HART
AUXILIARY
TERMINALS
TERMINAL BOX
VALVE TRAVEL FEEDBACK
PRINTED
WIRING BOARD
DRIVE
SIGNAL
OUTPUT A
I/P
CONVERTER
PNEUMATIC
RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE
OUTPUT B
VALVE AND ACTUATOR
E0408 / IL
Figure A-3. FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Block Diagram
A
double-acting and single-acting reverse applications.
For single-acting actuators, unused ports can also be
used to monitor the actuator pressure if any
accessories are used in the output of the digital valve
controller. As shown in figure A-3 the increased output
A pressure causes the actuator stem to move
downward. Stem position is sensed through the
feedback linkage by the travel sensor which is
electrically connected to the printed wiring board
assembly submodule. The stem continues to move
downward until the correct stem position is attained.
At this point the printed wiring board assembly
stabilizes the I/P drive signal. This positions the
flapper to prevent any further increase in nozzle
pressure.
As the input signal decreases, the drive signal to the
I/P converter submodule decreases, decreasing the
I/P output pressure. The pneumatic relay decreases
the output A pressure and increases the output B
December 2008
pressure. The stem moves upward until the correct
position is attained. At this point the printed wiring
board assembly stabilizes the I/P drive signal. This
positions the flapper to prevent any further decrease in
nozzle pressure.
Safety Instrumented System
Applications
The principle of operation of the DVC6000 SIS is the
same for safety instrumented system applications as
for process applications. However, when used in a
safety instrumented system application the DVC6000
SIS can be configured for two output positions.
Depending on relay action (direct or reverse) the
DVC6000 SIS can be configured for full pneumatic
output during normal operation and minimum output
during trip condition, or vice versa.
A-3
DVC6000 SIS
TERMINAL BOX
TERMINAL BOX COVER
HOUSING
PNEUMATIC RELAY
GAUGES
COVER
TRAVEL SENSOR
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ASSEMBLY
W9329 SIS
MODULE BASE ASSEMBLY
I/P CONVERTER
Figure A-4. FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS Series Digital Valve Controller Assembly
A
A-4
December 2008
375 Field Communicator Basics
B-B-
Appendix B 375 Field Communicator Basics
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-2
Using the Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-2
On/Off Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-2
Navigation Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-2
Enter Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-2
Tab Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-2
Alphanumeric Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-2
Backlight Adjustment Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-3
Function Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-3
Multifunction LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-3
Using the Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-3
Using the Soft Input Panel Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-3
Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-4
Offline Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saving Setup and Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reviewing Instrument Device Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-4
B-4
B-5
B-5
B-5
B-5
Online Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-6
Displaying the Field Communicator
Device Description Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-6
December 2008
B
B-1
DVC6000 SIS
Display
BLINKING HEART
INDICATES
COMMUNICATION
WITH A FIELDVUE
INSTRUMENT
HOT
KEY
HART AND fieldbus
COMMUNICATION
TERMINALS (TOP)
SCRATCH
PAD
IrDA INTERFACE
(TOP)
TOUCH SCREEN
DISPLAY
The Field Communicator communicates information to
you through a 1/4 VGA (240 by 320 pixels)
monochrome touch screen. It has a viewing area of
approximately 9 cm by 12 cm.
STYLUS
(BACK)
DVC6000: Tag
1 Setup & Diag
2 Analog In
3 Travel
4 Valve SP
OPTIONAL
EXPANSION
PORT (SIDE)
20mA
100%
100%
Using the Keypad
ENTER KEY
On/Off Key
NAVIGATION KEYS
(FOUR ARROW KEYS)
FUNCTION KEY
TAB KEY
ALPHANUMERIC
KEYS
POWER SUPPLY
CHARGER
CONNECTION (SIDE)
ON/OFF KEY
BACKLIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
KEY
MULTIFUNCTION LED
Figure B-1. 375 Field Communicator
The on/off key is used to turn the Field Communicator
on and off.
From the Main Menu, select HART Application to run
the HART application. On startup, the HART
Application automatically polls for devices.
If a HART-compatible device is found, the Field
Communicator displays the Online menu. For more
information on Online and Offline operation, see Menu
Structure in this section.
The on/off key is disabled while any applications are
open, making it necessary for you to exit the 375 Main
Menu before using the on/off key. This feature helps to
avoid situations where the Field Communicator could
be unintentionally turned off while a device’s output is
fixed or when configuration data has not been sent to
a device.
Navigation Keys
Note
The 375 Field Communicator device
description revision (DD) determines
how the Field Communicator interfaces
with the instrument. For information on
displaying the device description
revision, see page B-5.
B
This section discusses the display, keypad, and menu
structure for the Field Communicator, shown in figure
B-1. It includes information for displaying the Field
Communicator device description revision number. For
information on connecting the Field Communicator to
the instrument, see the Installation section. For more
information on the Field Communicator, such as
specifications and servicing, see the User’s Manual for
the Field Communicator 00375-0047-0001, included
with the Field Communicator. This manual also is
available from Rosemount Inc., Measurement Division.
B-2
Four arrow navigation keys allow you to move through
the menu structure of the application. Press the right
arrow ( ) navigation key to navigate further into the
menu.
Enter Key
The enter key allows you perform the highlighted item,
or to complete an editing action. For example, if you
highlight the Cancel button, and then push the enter
key, you will cancel out of that particular window. The
enter key does not navigate you through the menu
structure.
Tab Key
The tab key allows you to move between selectable
controls.
Alphanumeric Keys
Figure B-2 shows the alphanumeric keypad. Data
entry, and other options, using letters, number and
December 2008
375 Field Communicator Basics
#%&
ABC
DEF
1
Copy
2
Paste
3
Hot Key
GHI
JKL
MNO
4
5
6
Insert
+ Hot Key
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
7
8
9
, ( ) ‘
J
Multifunction LED
The multifunction LED indicates when the 375 Field
Communicator is in various states. Green signifies that
the Field Communicator is on, while flashing green
indicates that it is in power saving mode. Green and
orange indicate that the function key is enabled, and a
green and orange flash indicates that the on/off button
has been pressed long enough for the Field
Communicator to power up.
/
0
−
Using the Touch Screen
Figure B-2. 375 Field Communicator Alphanumeric and Shift
Keys
other characters can be performed using this keypad.
The 375 Field Communicator will automatically
determine the mode depending upon the input
necessary for the particular field.
To enter text when in alphanumeric mode, press the
desired keypad button in quick repetition to scroll
through the options to attain the appropriate letter or
number.
For example, to enter the letter “Z”, press the 9 key
quickly four times.
The alphameric keys are also used for the Fast Key
sequence. The Fast Key sequence is a sequence of
numerical button presses, corresponding to the menu
options that lead you to a given task. See the 375 Field
Communicator Menu Structures at the beginning of
this manual.
The touch screen display allows you to select and
enter text by touching the window.
Tap the window once to select a menu item or to
activate a control. Double-tap to access the various
options associated with the menu item.
CAUTION
The touch screen should be contacted
by blunt items only. The preferred item
is the stylus that is included with the
375 Field Communicator. The use of a
sharp instrument can cause damage to
the touch screen interface.
Use the back arrow button( ) to return to the
previous menu. Use the terminate key ( ) in the
upper right corner of the touch screen to end the
application.
B
Backlight Adjustment Key
The backlight adjustment key has four settings
allowing you to adjust the intensity of the display.
Higher intensities will shorten the battery life.
Function Key
The function key allows you to enable the alternate
functionality of select keys. The grey characters on the
keys indicate the alternate functionality. When
enabled, the orange multifunction LED light will appear
and an indication button can be found on the soft input
panel (SIP). Press the key again to disable the function
key.
December 2008
Using the Soft Input Panel (SIP)
Keyboard
As you move between menus, different dynamic
buttons appear on the display. For example, in menus
providing access to online help, the HELP button may
appear on the display. In menus providing access to
the Home menu, the HOME button may appear on the
display. In many cases the SEND label appears
indicating that you must select the button on the
display to send the information you have entered on
the keypad to the Fisher FIELDVUE instrument’s
memory. Online menu options include:
B-3
DVC6000 SIS
D Hot Key
Tap the Hot Key from any Online window to display the
Hot Key menu. This menu allows you to quickly:
Menu Structure
The Field Communicator is generally used in two
environments: offline (when not connected to an
instrument) and online (connected to an instrument).
D Change the instrument mode
Offline Operation
D Change the control mode
Selecting HART Application when not connected to a
FIELDVUE instrument causes the Field Communicator
to display the message “No device found at address 0.
Poll?” Selecting “Yes” or “No” will bring you to the
HART Application menu. Three choices are available
from this screen: Offline, Online and Utility. The Offline
menu allows you to create offline configurations, as
well as view and change device configurations stored
on the 375 Field Communicator. The Utility menu
allows you to set the polling option, change the
number of ignored status messages, view the
available Device Descriptions, perform a simulation,
and view HART diagnostics.
D Change the instrument protection
D Change tuning to improve response
The Hot Key can also be accessed by enabling the
function key, and pressing the 3 key on the
alphanumeric key pad.
For details on instrument mode, control mode,
protection, tuning sets, and other configuration
parameters, see the Detailed Setup section of this
manual.
Saving Setup and Calibration Data
D SCRATCHPAD
is a text editor that allows
you to create, open, edit and save simple text (.txt)
documents.
D HELP—gives you information regarding the
display selection.
D SEND—sends the information you have entered
to the instrument.
D HOME—takes you back to the Online menu.
B
D EXIT—takes you back to the menu from which
you had requested the value of a variable that can only
be read.
D ABORT—cancels your entry and takes you back
to the menu from which you had selected the current
variable or routine. Values are not changed.
D OK—takes you to the next menu or instruction
screen.
D ENTER—sends the information you have
selected to the instrument or flags the value that is to
be sent to the instrument. If it is flagged to be sent, the
SEND dynamic label appears as a function key
selection.
D ESC—cancels your entry and takes you back to
the menu from which you had selected the current
variable or routine. Values are not changed.
D SAVE—saves information to the internal flash or
the configuration expansion module.
B-4
You can upload setup and calibration data from the
DVC6000 Series digital valve controller and save it in
the Field Communicator Internal Flash or a
Configuration Expansion Module. From the Offline
menu you can then download this data to multiple
devices so that they all contain the same setup and
calibration data. You can also edit the saved data.
You upload setup and calibration data from the Online
menu. This requires that the Field Communicator be
connected to a digital valve controller powered by a 4
to 20 mA source. To save data from any Online menu
select the SAVE key. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator to save the data to the Internal Flash or
the Configuration EM and name the saved data. Once
the data is saved, the SAVE key disappears until you
change the data in the instrument.
Downloading the saved data requires that you first
mark the configurable variables you wish to download
(the default is all variables unmarked). To do this, from
the Offline menu select Saved Configuration.
Depending on the location of the saved data, select
either Internal Flash Contents or Configuration EM
Contents. Select the name for the saved data. From
the Saved Configuration menu select Edit.
From the Edit menu you can mark all configurable
variables for download, unmark all configurable
variables so none are downloaded, edit each variable
individually, or save your configuration to the internal
flash or the optional configuration expansion module.
The following briefly describes each item on the menu.
For more information, see the User’s Manual for the
375 Field Communicator − 00375-0047-0001.
D Mark All—flags all configurable variables to be
sent to a HART-compatible device. Configurable
December 2008
375 Field Communicator Basics
variables are those that appear when you edit
variables in the configuration using the Edit Individually
option.
To find individual device addresses, use the Digital
Poll option to find each connected device in the loop
and list them by tag.
D Unmark All—removes flags from all configurable
variables in the configuration. Unmarked configurable
variables are not sent to a connected
HART-compatible device.
For more information on setting the polling address,
see the Detailed Setup section.
D Edit Individually—opens the Edit Individually
menu to permit editing configurable variables in the
saved data. For information on editing configurable
variables, refer to the Field Communicator product
manual.
D Save As...—saves your new configuration to the
Internal Flash, or the Configuration EM. For more
information on the Save As option, see the Field
Communicator product manual.
Once the configurable variables are marked for
download, return to the Saved Configuration menu and
select Save. Follow the prompts on the Field
Communicator to download the saved data to the
instrument.
Polling
When several devices are connected in the same loop,
such as for split ranging, each device must be
assigned a unique polling address. Use the Polling
options to configure the Field Communicator to
automatically search for all or specific connected
devices.
To enter a polling option, select Utility from the HART
Application menu. Select Configure HART Application,
and then select Polling. Tap ENTER to select the
highlighted option.
The Polling options are:
System Information
To access the Field Communicator system
information, select Settings from the 375 Main Menu.
About 375 includes software information about your
375 Field Communicator.
Licensing can be viewed when you turn on the 375
Field Communicator and in the License settings menu.
The license setting allows you to view the license on
the System Card.
Memory settings consists of System Card, Internal
Flash size, and Ram size, as well as the Expansion
Module if installed. It allows you to view the total
memory storage and available free space.
Reviewing Instrument Device
Descriptions
The Field Communicator memory module contains
device descriptions for specific HART-compatible
devices. These descriptions make up the application
software that the communicator needs to recognize
particular devices.
To review the device descriptions programmed into
your Field Communicator, select Utility from the HART
Application menu, then select Available Device
Descriptions. The manufacturers with device
descriptions installed on the Field Communicator are
listed.
Select the desired manufacturer to see the list of the
currently installed device models, or types, provided by
the selected manufacturer.
1. Never Poll—connects to a device at address 0,
and if not found will not poll for devices at addresses 1
through 15.
Select the desired instrument model or type to see the
available device revisions that support that instrument.
2. Ask Before Polling—connects to a device at
address 0, and if not found asks if you want to poll for
devices at addresses 1 through 15.
Simulation
3. Always Poll—connects to a device at address 0,
and if not found will automatically poll for devices at
addresses 1 through 15.
4. Digital Poll—automatically polls for devices at
address 0 through 15 and lists devices found by tag.
5. Poll Using Tag—asks for a device HART tag and
then polls for that device.
6. Poll Using Long Tag—allows you to enter the long
tag of the device. (Only supported in HART Universal
revision 6 devices.)
December 2008
The Field Communicator provides a simulation mode
that allows you to simulate an online connection to a
HART-compatible device. The simulation mode is a
training tool that enables you to become familiar with
the various menus associated with a device without
having the Field Communicator connected to the
device.
To simulate an online connection, select Utility from
the main menu. Select Simulation then select Fisher
Controls. Select DVC6000 to see the menu structure
for the DVC6000 Series digital valve controller. Refer
to the appropriate sections of this manual for
information on the various menus.
B-5
B
DVC6000 SIS
Online Operation
The Online menu is the first to be displayed when
connecting to a HART compatible device. It contains
important information about the connected device.
The figures in the beginning of this manual show the
DVC6000 SIS Series digital valve controller menu
structures.
Displaying the Field Communicator
Device Description Revision
Device Description (DD) Revision is the revision
number of the Device Description that resides in the
Field Communicator. It defines how the Field
Communicator is to interact with the user and
instrument.
Field Communicators with device description revision
1 are used with DVC6000 SIS Series instruments with
firmware revision 7. You can display the device
description revision when the Field Communicator is
Offline or Online:
Offline—To see the Field Communicator device
description revision number, from the main menu,
select Utility, Simulation, Fisher Controls, and
DVC6000.
Online—To see the Field Communicator device
description revision number, connect the Field
Communicator to an instrument connected to a source
supplying a 4-20 mA signal. From the Online menu,
select Device Variables, DD Information.
B
B-6
December 2008
Loop Schematics/Nameplate
C-C-
Appendix C Loop Schematics/Nameplates
CSA Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-2
CSA Nameplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-3
FM Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-4
FM Nameplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-5
ATEX Nameplates; Intrinsic Safety, Dust-Tight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-6
ATEX Nameplates; Flameproof, Dust-Tight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-7
ATEX Nameplates; Type n, Dust-Tight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-8
IECEx Nameplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-9
NEPSI Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-9
C
December 2008
C-1
DVC6000 SIS
This section includes loop schematics required for
wiring of intrinsically safe installations. It also contains
the approvals nameplates. If you have any questions,
contact your Emerson Process Management sales
office.
29B3428-C / DOC
Figure C-1. CSA Schematic for FIELDVUE DVC6000 and DVC6000S SIS Digital Valve Controllers
C
29B3520-A
Figure C-2. CSA Schematic for FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Digital Valve Controllers
C-2
December 2008
Loop Schematics/Nameplate
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS, DVC6010S SIS, DVC6020S SIS, DVC6030S SIS
DVC6005 SIS
DVC6015, DVC6025, DVC6035
Figure C-3. CSA Nameplates
C
December 2008
C-3
DVC6000 SIS
29B3427-B / DOC
Figure C-4. FM Schematic for FIELDVUE DVC6000 and DVC6000S SIS Digital Valve Controllers
C
29B3521-A
Figure C-5. FM Schematic for FIELDVUE DVC6005 SIS Digital Valve Controllers
C-4
December 2008
Loop Schematics/Nameplate
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS, DVC6010S SIS, DVC6020S SIS, DVC6030S SIS
DVC6005 SIS
DVC6015, DVC6025, DVC6035
C
Figure C-6. FM Nameplates
December 2008
C-5
DVC6000 SIS
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS, DVC6010S SIS, DVC6020S SIS, DVC6030S SIS
DVC6005 SIS
C
DVC6015, DVC6025, DVC6035
Figure C-7. ATEX Nameplates; Intrinsic Safety, Dust-Tight
C-6
December 2008
Loop Schematics/Nameplate
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS, DVC6010S SIS, DVC6020S SIS, DVC6030S SIS
DVC6005 SIS
DVC6015, DVC6025, DVC6035
C
Figure C-8. ATEX Nameplates; Flameproof, Dust-Tight
December 2008
C-7
DVC6000 SIS
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS, DVC6010S SIS, DVC6020S SIS, DVC6030S SIS
DVC6005 SIS
DVC6015, DVC6025, DVC6035
C
Figure C-9. ATEX Nameplates; Type n, Dust-Tight
C-8
December 2008
Loop Schematics/Nameplate
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS, DVC6010S SIS, DVC6020S SIS, DVC6030S SIS
DVC6005 SIS
DVC6015, DVC6025, DVC6035
Figure C-10. IECEx Nameplates; Intrinsic Safety, Type n, Flameproof
C
DVC6010 SIS, DVC6020 SIS, DVC6030 SIS
Figure C-11. NEPSI Nameplate; Intrinsic Safety, Dust; Flameproof, Dust
December 2008
C-9
DVC6000 SIS
C
C-10
December 2008
Glossary
Glossary
Alert Point
An adjustable value that, when exceeded,
activates an alert.
Algorithm
A set of logical steps to solve a problem or
accomplish a task. A computer program contains
one or more algorithms.
Alphanumeric
Consisting of letters and numbers.
Analog Input Units
Units in which the analog input is displayed and
maintained in the instrument.
ANSI (acronym)
The acronym ANSI stands for the American
National Standards Institute
ANSI Class
Valve pressure/temperature rating.
Auto Test
The digital valve controller can be configured to
automatically run the partial stroke test.
Auxiliary Input Alert
Checks the status of the auxiliary input; a discrete
input. When enabled, the Auxiliary Input Alert is
active when the auxiliary input terminals are open
or closed (shorted), depending upon the selection
for Auxiliary Input Alert State.
Auxiliary Terminal (Indicator)
Indicates whether auxiliary wiring terminals are
open or closed (such as by an external switch
contact).
December 2008
Bench Set
Pressure, supplied to an actuator, required to
drive the actuator through rated valve travel.
Expressed in pounds per square inch.
Byte
A unit of binary digits (bits). A byte consists of
eight bits.
Calibration Location
Where the instrument was last calibrated; either
in the factory or in the field.
Configuration
Stored instructions and operating parameters for
a FIELDVUE instrument.
Control Loop
An arrangement of physical and electronic
components for process control. The electronic
components of the loop continuously measure
one or more aspects of the process, then alter
those aspects as necessary to achieve a desired
process condition. A simple control loop
measures only one variable. More sophisticated
control loops measure many variables and
maintain specified relationships among those
variables.
Control Mode
Defines where the instrument reads its set point.
The following control modes are available for a
FIELDVUE instrument:
Analog The instrument receives its travel set
point over the 4-20 mA loop.
Digital The instrument receives its set point
digitally, via the HART communications link.
Test This is not a user-selectable mode. The
Field Communicator or AMS ValveLink Software
places the instrument in this mode whenever it
needs to move the valve, such as for calibration
or diagnostic tests.
Control Mode, Restart
Determines the instrument control mode after a
restart. See Control Mode for the available restart
control modes.
Glossary-1
Glossary
DVC6000 SIS
Controller
A device that operates automatically to regulate a
controlled variable.
Device Revision
Revision number of the interface software that
permits communication between the Field
Communicator and the instrument.
Crossover Point
The point at which the feedback pin is closest to
the axis of rotation of the travel sensor. A visual
indication of the crossover point is found when
the slot in the instrument feedback arm forms a
90-degree angle with the valve stem.
Current-to-Pressure (I/P) Converter
An electronic component or device that converts
a milliamp signal to a proportional pneumatic
pressure output signal.
Cycle Counter
The capability of a FIELDVUE instrument to
record the number of times the travel changes
direction. The change in direction must occur
after the deadband has been exceeded before it
can be counted as a cycle.
Cycle Counter Alert
Checks the difference between the Cycle Counter
and the Cycle Counter Alert Point. Cycle Counter
Alert is active when the cycle counter value
exceeds the Cycle Counter Alert Point. It clears
after you reset the Cycle Counter to a value less
than the alert point.
Cycle Counter Alert Point
An adjustable value which, when exceeded,
activates the Cycle Counter Alert. Valid entries
are 0 to 4 billion cycles.
Cycle Counter Deadband
Glossary
Region around the travel reference point, in
percent of ranged travel, established at the last
increment of the Cycle Counter. The deadband
must be exceeded before a change in travel can
be counted as a cycle. Valid entries are 0% to
100%. Typical value is between 2% and 5%.
Deviation
Usually, the difference between set point and
process variable. More generally, any departure
from a desired or expected value or pattern.
Device ID
Unique identifier embedded in the instrument at
the factory.
Glossary-2
Drive Signal
The signal to the I/P converter from the printed
wiring board. It is the percentage of the total
microprocessor effort needed to drive the valve
fully open.
Drive Signal Alert
Checks the drive signal and calibrated travel. If
one of the following conditions exists for more
than 20 seconds, the Drive Signal Alert is active.
If none of the conditions exist, the alert is cleared.
If Zero Power Condition = Closed
The alert is active when:
drive signal <10% and calibrated travel >3%
drive signal >90% and calibrated travel <97%
If Zero Power Condition = Open
The alert is active when:
drive signal <10% and calibrated travel <97%
drive signal >90% and calibrated travel >3%
DVC Power Up
Defines the power up behavior of the DVC6000.
Auto Reset allows the valve to track the
command signal when power is applied to the
device. Manual Reset will lock the device in its
safety position until the digital valve controller is
reset.
Equal Percentage
A valve flow characteristic where equal
increments of valve stem travel produce equal
percentage changes in existing flow. One of the
input characteristics available for a FIELDVUE
digital valve controller. See also, Linear and
Quick Opening.
Feedback Arm
The mechanical connection between the valve
stem linkage and the FIELDVUE digital valve
controller travel sensor.
Feedback Connection
Identifies the type of feedback linkage: rotary,
sliding-stem roller or sliding-stem standard.
December 2008
Glossary
Feedback Signal
Indicates to the instrument the actual position of
the valve. The travel sensor provides the
feedback signal to the instrument printed wiring
board assembly. A mechanical linkage connects
the travel sensor to the valve stem or shaft.
Firmware Revision
The revision number of the instrument firmware.
Firmware is a program that is entered into the
instrument at time of manufacture and cannot be
changed by the user.
Free Time
Percent of time that the microprocessor is idle. A
typical value is 25%. The actual value depends
on the number of functions in the instrument that
are enabled and on the amount of communication
currently in progress.
Full Ranged Travel
Current, in mA, that corresponds with the point
where ranged travel is maximum, i.e., limited by
the mechanical travel stops.
Gain
The ratio of output change to input change.
Hardware Revision
Revision number of the instrument hardware. The
physical components of the instrument are
defined as the hardware.
Input Current
The current signal from the control system that
serves as the analog input to the instrument. See
also Input Signal.
Input Range
The analog input signal range that corresponds to
the travel range.
Input Signal
The current signal from the control system. The
input signal can be displayed in milliamperes or in
percent of ranged input.
Instrument Level
Determines the functions available for the
instrument.
Instrument Mode
Determines if the instrument responds to its
analog input signal. There are two instrument
modes:
In Service: For a fully functioning instrument, the
instrument output changes in response to analog
input changes. Typically changes to setup or
calibration cannot be made when the instrument
mode is In Service.
Out of Service: The instrument output does not
change in response to analog input changes
when the instrument mode is Out of Service.
Some setup parameters can be changed only
when the instrument mode is Out of Service.
HART (acronym)
The acronym HART stands for Highway
Addressable Remote Transducer.
HART Tag
An eight-character name that identifies the
physical instrument.
HART Universal Revision
Revision number of the HART Universal
Commands which are the communications
protocol for the instrument.
Input Characteristic
The relationship between the ranged travel and
ranged input. Possible values include: linear,
equal percentage, and quick opening.
December 2008
Instrument Protection
Determines if commands from a HART device
can calibrate and/or configure certain parameters
in the instrument. There are two types of
instrument protection:
Configuration and Calibration: Prohibits
changing protected setup parameters; prohibits
calibration.
None: Permits both configuration and calibration.
The instrument is “unprotected.”
Instrument Serial Number
The serial number assigned to the printed wiring
board by the factory but can be changed during
setup. The instrument serial number should
match the serial number on the instrument
nameplate.
Glossary-3
Glossary
DVC6000 SIS
Leak Class
Defines the allowable leakage by a valve when it
is closed. Leak class numbers are listed in two
standards: ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 534-4.
Linear
A valve flow characteristic where changes in flow
rate are directly proportional to changes in valve
stem travel. One of the input characteristics
available for a FIELDVUE digital valve controller.
See also, Equal Percentage and Quick Opening.
Linearity, dynamic
Linearity (independent) is the maximum deviation
from a straight line best fit to the opening and
closing curves and a line representing the
average value of those curves.
Local Control Panel
The LCP100 local control panel is used with the
FIELDVUE DVC6000 SIS digital valve controller.
This panel is used to monitor and manually open
and close a safety shutdown valve. The LCP100
also provides a manual reset feature and a button
for initiating a partial stroke test.
Manual Reset
The DVC6000 Series digital valve controller in
SIS applications can be configured to hold the trip
state until a local reset button is pressed.
Memory
Glossary
A type of semiconductor used for storing
programs or data. FIELDVUE instruments use
three types of memory: Random Access Memory
(RAM), Read Only Memory (ROM), and
Non-Volatile Memory (NVM). See also these
listings in this glossary.
Menu
A list of programs, commands, or other activities
that you select by using the arrow keys to
highlight the item then pressing ENTER, or by
entering the numeric value of the menu item.
Minimum Closing Time
Minimum time, in seconds, for the travel to
decrease through the entire ranged travel. This
rate is applied to any travel decrease. Valid
entries are 0 to 400 seconds. Deactivate by
entering a value of 0 seconds.
Glossary-4
Minimum Opening Time
Minimum time, in seconds, for the travel to
increase through the entire ranged travel. This
rate is applied to any travel increase. Because of
friction, actual valve travel may not respond in
exactly the same time frame. Valid entries are 0
to 400 seconds. Deactivate by entering a value of
0 seconds.
Non-Volatile Memory (NVM)
A type of semiconductor memory that retains its
contents even though power is disconnected.
NVM contents can be changed during
configuration unlike ROM which can be changed
only at time of instrument manufacture. NVM
stores configuration restart data.
Parallel
Simultaneous: said of data transmission on two or
more channels at the same time.
Polling Address
Address of the instrument. If the digital valve
controller is used in a point-to-point configuration,
set the polling address to 0. If it is used in a
multidrop configuration, or split range application,
set the polling address to a value from 0 to 15.
Pressure Sensor
A FIELDVUE instrument internal device that
senses pneumatic pressure. DVC6000 Series
digital valve controllers have three pressure
sensors: one to sense supply pressure and two to
sense the output pressures.
Primary Master
Masters are communicating devices. A primary
master is a communicating device permanently
wired to a field instrument. Typically, a
HART-compatible control system or a computer
running AMS ValveLink Software is the primary
master.
In contrast, a secondary master is not often
permanently wired to a field instrument. The
Model 375 Field Communicator or a computer
running ValveLink software communicating
through a HART modem could be considered a
secondary master.
Note: If one type of master takes an instrument
Out Of Service, the same type must put it In
Service. For example, if a device set up as a
primary master takes an instrument Out Of
Service, a device set up as a primary master
must be used to place the instrument In Service.
December 2008
Glossary
Quick Opening
A valve flow characteristic where most of the
change in flow rate takes place for small amounts
of stem travel from the closed position. The flow
characteristic curve is basically linear through the
first 40 percent of stem travel. One of the input
characteristics available for a FIELDVUE digital
valve controller. See also, Equal Percentage and
Linear.
Temperature Sensor
A device within the FIELDVUE instrument that
measures the instrument’s internal temperature.
Travel
Movement of the valve stem or shaft which
changes the amount the valve is open or closed.
Travel Accumulator
Random Access Memory (RAM)
A type of semiconductor memory that is normally
used by the microprocessor during normal
operation that permits rapid retrieval and storage
of programs and data. See also Read Only
Memory (ROM) and Non-Volatile Memory (NVM).
Rate
Amount of change in output proportional to the
rate of change in input.
Read-Only Memory (ROM)
A memory in which information is stored at the
time of instrument manufacture. You can
examine but not change ROM contents.
Seat Load
Force exerted on the valve seat, typically
expressed in pounds force per lineal inch of port
circumference. Seat load is determined by shutoff
requirements.
Set Point Filter Time
The time constant, in seconds, for the first-order
input filter.
Software
Microprocessor or computer programs and
routines that reside in alterable memory (usually
RAM), as opposed to firmware, which consists of
programs and routines that are programmed into
memory (usually ROM) when the instrument is
manufactured. Software can be manipulated
during normal operation, firmware cannot.
Stroking Time
The time, in seconds, required to move the valve
from its fully open position to fully closed, or vice
versa.
December 2008
The capability of a FIELDVUE instrument to
record total change in travel. The value of the
Travel Accumulator increments when the
magnitude of the change exceeds the Travel
Accumulator Deadband. To reset the Travel
Accumulator, set it to zero.
Travel Accumulator Alert
Checks the difference between the Travel
Accumulator value and the Travel Accumulator
Alert Point. The Travel Accumulator Alert is active
when the Travel Accumulator value exceeds the
Travel Accumulator Alert Point. It clears after you
reset the Travel Accumulator to a value less than
the alert point.
Travel Accumulator Alert Point
An adjustable value which, when exceeded,
activates the Travel Accumulator Alert. Valid
entries are 0% to 4 billion %.
Travel Accumulator Deadband
Region around the travel reference point
established at the last increment of the
accumulator. This region must be exceeded
before a change in travel can be accumulated.
Valid entries are 0% to 100%.
Travel Alert
Glossary
Checks the ranged travel against the travel high
and low alert points. The travel alert is active if
either the high or low point is exceeded. Once a
high or low point is exceeded, the ranged travel
must clear that point by the Travel Alert
Deadband before the alert clears. Four travel
alerts are available: Travel Alert Hi, Travel Alert
Lo, Travel Alert Hi Hi, and Travel Alert Lo Lo.
Travel Alert Deadband
Travel, in percent of ranged travel, required to
clear a travel alert, once it is active. Valid entries
are −25% to 125%.
Glossary-5
DVC6000 SIS
Travel Alert High Point
Value of the travel, in percent of ranged travel,
which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Alert Hi
alert. Valid entries are −25% to 125%.
Travel Alert High High Point
Value of the travel, in percent of ranged travel,
which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Alert Hi Hi
alert. Valid entries are −25% to 125%.
Travel Alert Low Point
Value of the travel, in percent of ranged travel,
which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Alert Lo
alert. Valid entries are −25% to 125%.
Travel Alert Low Low Point
Value of the travel, in percent of ranged travel,
which, when exceeded, sets the Travel Alert Lo
Lo alert. Valid entries are −25% to 125%.
Travel Deviation Alert Point
An adjustable value for the target travel and the
ranged travel difference, expressed in percent,
When this value is exceeded by the travel
deviation for more than the Travel Deviation
Time, the Travel Deviation Alert is active. Valid
entries are 0% to 100%. Typically this is set to
5%.
Travel Deviation Time
The time, in seconds. that the travel deviation
must exceed the Travel Deviation Alert Point
before the alert is active. Valid entries are 1 to 60
seconds.
Travel Limit
A setup parameter that defines the maximum
allowable travel (in percent of ranged travel) for
the valve. During operation, the travel target will
not exceed this limit. There are two travel limits:
high and low. Typically the travel limit low will be
used to keep the valve from going completely
closed.
Travel Range
Travel Cutoff
Defines the cutoff point for the travel, in percent
of ranged travel. There are two travel cutoffs:
high and low. Once travel exceeds the cutoff, the
drive signal is set to either maximum or minimum,
depending on the aero power condition and if the
cutoff is high or low. Minimum opening time or
minimum closing time are not in effect while the
travel is beyond the cutoff. Use the travel cutoff to
obtain the desired seat load or to be sure the
valve is fully open.
Glossary
Travel Deviation
The difference between the analog input signal (in
percent of ranged input), the “target” travel, and
the actual “ranged” travel.
Travel, in percent of calibrated travel, that
corresponds to the input range.
Travel Sensor
A device within the FIELDVUE instrument that
senses valve stem or shaft movement. The travel
sensor is mechanically connected to the valve
stem or shaft.
Travel Sensor Motion
Establishes motion of the travel sensor. While
viewing the end of the travel sensor shaft, if
increasing air pressure to the actuator causes the
shaft to rotate clockwise, travel sensor motion is
CW. If increasing air pressure causes the shaft to
rotate counterclockwise, travel sensor motion is
CCW.
Tuning
Travel Deviation Alert
Checks the difference between the target and the
ranged travel. If the difference exceeds the Travel
Deviation Alert Point for more than the Travel
Deviation Time, the Travel Deviation Alert is
active. It remains active until the difference is less
than the Travel Deviation Alert Point.
Glossary-6
The adjustment of control terms or parameter
values to produce a desired control effect.
Tuning Set
Preset values that identify gain settings for a
FIELDVUE instrument. The tuning set and supply
pressure together determine an instrument’s
response to input signal changes.
December 2008
Glossary
Watch Dog Timer
A timer that the microprocessor must rearm
periodically. If the microprocessor is unable to
rearm the timer, the instrument goes through
reset.
Zero Power Condition
The position of the valve when the power to the
positioner is turned off. It is used to reference 0%
travel. For Relay A and C, Port A will be at
atmosphere pressure, and if double-acting, Port B
will be at supply pressure. For Relay B, Port B
will be at supply pressure.
Glossary
December 2008
Glossary-7
DVC6000 SIS
Glossary
Glossary-8
December 2008
Index
Index
A
Units, 4-21
Analog Input Calibration, 5-10
Actuator Style, 4-22
Analog Input Range, 4-20
adjustment arm, 2-6
ASCO Solenoid Valve, 2-29
Alert Conditions, 6-3
Alert Record, 6-4
Electronics, 6-3
Environment, 6-4
Sensor, 6-3
SIS, 6-4
Travel, 6-4
Travel History, 6-4
ATEX
Hazardous Area Classifications, 1-5, 1-9
Nameplates, C-6, C-7, C-8
Special Conditions for Safe Use, 2-3
Alert Groups, 4-19
Failure Alerts, 4-19
Miscellaneous, 4-19
Valve Alerts, 4-19
Aux Term Mode , 4-21
Alert Record, 4-18
Alerts, 4-14
Alert Record, 4-18
Alert Groups, 4-19
Enabling Alert Groups, 4-19
Electronic, 4-15
Drive Signal Alert, 4-15
Processor Impaired Alerts, 4-15
Environment, 4-16
Environmental
Aux Terminal Alerts, 4-16
Supply Press Lo Alert, 4-16
Sensor, 4-15
SIS, 4-18
Travel, 4-16
Deviation Alert, 4-16
Limit Alerts, 4-16
Travel Limit Cutoff Alerts, 4-17
Travel Limit Hi/Lo Alerts, 4-17
Travel History, 4-17
Cycle Count, 4-17
Cycle Count/Tvl Accum Deadband, 4-18
Tvl Accum, 4-18
Analog Calibration Adjust, 5-4
Analog Input
Displaying Value, 6-9
December 2008
Auto Calibrate Travel, 5-3
Error Messages, 5-4
Auto Test Interval , 4-25
Auxiliary Input, Displaying Status, 6-9
Auxiliary Terminal, 6-6
Local DI, 6-6
Wiring Length Guidelines, 6-6
auxiliary terminal button, 4-12
B
bias spring, 2-6, 2-13
Burst Mode, 4-5
Commands, 4-6
Enabling, 4-5
C
Calibration
Analog Input, 5-10
Auto Calibrate Travel, 5-3
Error Messages, 5-4
Manual Calibrate Travel, 5-4
Pressure Sensors, 5-6
PST, 5-12
Relay Adjustment, 5-10
Sensor Calibration, 5-6
Pressure Sensors, 5-6
Travel
Auto, 5-3
Manual, 5-4
Analog Calibration Adjust, 5-4
Index-1
Index
DVC6000 SIS
Digital Calibration Adjust, 5-5
Travel Sensor, 5-7
Travel Sensor Adjust, 5-7
Calibration , Travel, 5-3
Calibration & Diagnostics, 4-19
Calibration Status and Location, 4-21
Classifications/Certifications, 1-5
Communication Cable Capacitance, 2-25
Communication Connections, 2-24
Connections
Electrical
4-20 mA Loop, 2-20
Communication, 2-24
Test, 2-24
Pneumatic
Output, 2-17
Supply, 2-16
Pressure, 2-16
Vent, 2-18
Control Mode, 4-5
Control System Requirements
Compliance Voltage, 2-25
Voltage Available, 2-24
CSA
Hazardous Area Classifications, 1-5, 1-7
Loop Schematics
DVC6000 and DVC6000S SIS, C-2
DVC6005 SIS, C-2
Nameplates, C-3
Special Conditions of Safe Use, 2-3
Cycle Count, 4-17
Cycle Counter
Displaying Value, 6-9
Enabling Alert, 4-17
Resetting, 4-18
Descriptor, 4-20
Detailed Setup, 4-4
Device Information, 6-10
Device Record, 6-5
Device Revision, 6-10
Device Variables, 6-9
Digital Calibration Adjust, 5-5
DIP Switch, 2-27
Setting, 7-6
Double-Acting Actuators, Output Connections,
2-18
Drive Signal, Displaying Value, 6-9
DVC Power Up, 4-25
Dynamic Response, 4-14
E
Educational Services, 1-7
EF8316G303, ASCO solenoid valve, 2-27,
2-29, 2-30
EF8316G304, ASCO solenoid valve, 2-27,
2-29, 2-30
EFX8551G305 103594, ASCO solenoid valve,
2-27, 2-28, 2-29, 2-30, 2-31
EFX8553G305 103594, ASCO solenoid valve,
2-27, 2-28, 2-29, 2-30, 2-31
Electrical Classification, 1-5
Electrical Connections, LCP100 local control
panel, 2-32
Electromagnetic Immunity Performance, 1-6
Electromagnetic Interference, 1-4
Emergency Mode Tests, Multidrop Mode, 6-7
End Point Pressure Control, 4-13
Index
D
End Point Pressure Deviation, 6-4
Date, 4-20, 4-21
Error Messages, Auto Calibrate Travel, 5-4
DD Information, 6-10
Declaration of SEP, 1-6
Define Custom Characteristic, 4-14
Demand Mode Tests, 6-7
Point-to-Point Mode, 6-7
when LCP100 is used, 6-8
Description, DVC6000 Series, 1-2
Index-2
exida Certification, 1-3
F
Factory Settings, Restoring, 5-11
Feedback Connection, 4-22
Field Communicator
Device Description Revision, B-6
December 2008
Index
Display, B-2
Hot Key, B-4
Offline Menu, B-4
Online Menu, B-6
Online Simulation, B-5
Polling, B-5
Soft Input Panel Keyboard (SIP), B-3
Specifications, B-2
System Information, B-5
Using the Keypad, B-2
IECEx
Conditions of Certification, 2-4
Hazardous Area Classifications, 1-5, 1-10
Nameplates, C-9
Independent Linearity, 1-4
Initial Setup, 3-2
INMETRO
Hazardous Area Classifications, 1-5, 1-10
Special Conditions of Safe Use, 2-4
filter, 40 micron, 2-16
Input Characterization, 4-13
Firmware Revision, 6-10
Input Range, 4-21
FM
Hazardous Area Classifications, 1-5, 1-8
Loop Schematics
DVC6000 and DVC6000S SIS, C-4
DVC6005 SIS, C-4
Nameplates, C-5
Special Conditions of Safe Use, 2-3
Input Signal
Multi-drop, 1-4
Point-to-Point, 1-4
follower arm extension, 2-8
Instrument Clock, Setting, 4-19
Free Time, Self Test Failure, enabling to
cause instrument shutdown, 4-15
Instrument Date and Time, 4-21
G
Gauges, Tire Valves, & Pipe Plugs
Parts List, 8-5
Replacing, 7-7
Installation
2-Wire System, 2-28
4-Wire System, 2-27
LCP100 (Local Control Panel), 2-32
Instrument Level, 6-10
Instrument Mode, 3-2, 4-4
Instrument Serial Number, 4-20
Instrument Status, 6-4
Viewing, 6-4
Integral Action, Enable Integral Settings, 4-7
Integral Dead Zone, 4-19
H
Hardware Revision, 6-10
HART Communication, Principle of Operation,
A-2
HART Tag, 4-20
Hazardous Area Approvals, 1-5, 2-3
Hot Key, Field Communicator, B-4
Humidity Limits, 1-5
I
I/P Converter
Parts List, 8-4
Removing, 7-5
Replacing, 7-5
Replacing Filter, 7-5
IEC 61010 Compliance Requirements, 1-5
IEC 61326-1 (Edition 1.1), 1-4
December 2008
Integral Limit, 4-7
Integral Settings, 4-7
Internal Temperature, Displaying Value, 6-9
ISA Standard 7.0.01, 2-16
L
Lag Time, 4-14
LCP100 (Local Control Panel), 2-32
Index
LCP100 Local Control Panel
Electrical Connections, 2-32
Installation, 2-32
Line Conditioner, Part Number, 8-6
Line conditioner, 2-29
Locked in Safety Alert, 6-4
Loop Connections, 4 to 20 mA , 2-20
Loop Schematics
DVC6000 and DVC6000S SIS
CSA, C-2
Index-3
DVC6000 SIS
FM, C-4
DVC6005 SIS
CSA, C-2
FM, C-4
Notes for Safe Use of the Certified
Product , 2-4
Number of Power Ups, Displaying Status,
6-10
M
O
Manual Calibrate Travel, 5-4
Output Connections, 2-17
Double-Acting Actuators, 2-18
Single-Acting Actuators, 2-17
Manual Conventions, 1-2
Manual Reset, 6-7
Manufacturer, 4-21
Output Pressure, Displaying Value, 6-9
Output Signal, 1-4
Max Travel Movement, 4-22
Maximum Supply Pressure, 4-21
maximum supply pressure, 4-21
Message, 4-20
Module Base
Removal, 7-3
Replacing, 7-4
Module Base, Parts List, 8-4
Module Base Maintenance, 7-3
Mounting, 1-6, 2-5
67CFR, 2-15
DVC6005 base unit, 2-11
Pipestand, 2-12
Wall, 2-12
DVC6010 SIS, 2-5
DVC6015, 2-12
DVC6020 SIS, 2-7
DVC6025, 2-13
DVC6030 SIS, 2-9
DVC6035, 2-14
N
Index
Nameplates
ATEX
Flameproof, Dust-Tight, C-7
Intrinsic Safety, Dust-Tight, C-6
Type n, Dust-Tight, C-8
CSA, C-3
FM, C-5
IECEx, Intrinsic Safety, Type n,
Flameproof, C-9
NEPSI, Intrinsic Safety, Flameproof,
Dust, C-9
NEPSI
Hazardous Area Classifications, 1-5, 1-10
Nameplates, C-9
Index-4
P
Parameters, Factory Default, Detailed
Setup, 4-4
Partial Stroke Test, 6-5
Configuring
Partial Stroke Pressure Limit, 4-23
Pause Time, 4-23
Stroke Speed, 4-23
Initiating
375 Field Communicator, 6-7
Auxiliary Terminal, 6-6
Local Control Panel, 6-6
Local Push Button, 6-6
Device (Digital Valve Controller), 6-5
initiating, 6-5
Partial Stroke Test (PST), 6-4
Parts
Common Parts, 8-4
Feedback Parts, 8-5
Gauges, Tire Valves, & Pipe Plugs, 8-5
I/P Converter Assembly, 8-4
Kits, 8-2
Module Base, 8-4
Ordering, 8-2
Printed Wiring Board Assembly, 8-5
Relay, 8-4
Terminal Box, 8-5
Pause Time, 4-23
Performance Tuner, 3-6, 4-7
Pneumatic Relay
Adjusting, 5-10
Parts List, 8-4
Removing, 7-7
Replacing, 7-7
Polling Address, 4-20
Pressure Connections, 2-16
December 2008
Index
Pressure Sensor Calibration, 5-6
Pressure Set Point, 4-13
Setting manually, 4-13
Pressure Tuning Sets, Gain Values, 4-11
Pressure Units, 4-20
Principle of Operation, DVC6000 SIS, A-2
Printed Wiring Board Assembly
Parts List, 8-5
Removing, 7-6
Replacing, 7-6
Setting DIP Switch, 7-6
Setting DIP Switch, 2-27
Protection, 3-2, 4-6
PST Calibration, 5-12
PST Press Limit
double acting actuators, 4-23
single acting actuators, 4-23
R
Field Communicator, Device Description,
B-6
Run Time, Displaying Status, 6-10
S
Safety Instrumented System, Installation, 2-27
2-Wire System, 2-28
4-Wire System, 2-27
LCP100 (Local Control Panel) Installation,
2-32
Serial Number
Instrument, 4-20
Valve, 4-20, 4-22
Set Point Rate Close, 4-14
Set Point Rate Open, 4-14
Setup Wizard, 3-3
Single-Acting Actuators, Output Connections,
2-17
Raw Travel Input, Displaying Status, 6-10
SIS
Pressure Mode Enable, 4-13
Valve Stuck Alert, 4-25
Related Documents, 1-3
SIS Alerts, 4-18
Relay
Double-Acting, 5-10
Single-Acting Direct, 5-11
Single-Acting Reverse, 5-11
SIS Panel Comm Error, 6-4
Relay A, 5-10
Special Instructions for Safe Use and
Installations in Hazardous Locations, 2-3
ATEX Flameproof, Dust, 2-3
ATEX Intrinsic Safety, Dust, 2-3
ATEX Type n, Dust, 2-3
CSA, 2-3
FM, 2-3
IECEx Intrinsic Safety, Type n, Flameproof,
2-4
INMETRO, 2-4
NEPSI, 2-4
Relay Adjustment, 5-10
Double-Acting, 5-10
Relay B, 5-11
Relay C, 5-11
Relay Type, 4-21
Remote Travel Sensor Connections, 2-20
Using a 10 kOhm External Potentiometer
as, 2-22
Using a Two-Resistor Series as, 2-22
Using the DVC6015, DVC6025 and
DVC6035 Feedback unit as, 2-21
reset, 4-11
Restart Control Mode, 4-5
Revision Information
DVC6000
Device, 6-10
Hardware, 6-10
HART Universal, 6-10
DVC6000 SIS, Firmware, 6-10
December 2008
Solenoid Valve, Health Monitoring, 2-18, 6-8
special application, 2-18
Specifications, DVC6000 Series, 1-3
Stabilize/Optimize, 4-7
Status, 4-19
Calibration & Diagnostics, 4-19
Instrument Time, 4-19
Integrator, 4-19
Operational, 4-19
Steady-State Air Consumption, 1-4
Stroke Speed, 4-23
Stroke Valve, 6-5
Index-5
Index
DVC6000 SIS
Stroking the Output, with Field
Communicator, 6-5
Supply Connections, 2-16
Supply Pressure, 1-4
Displaying Value, 6-9
T
Temperature
Maximum Recorded, Displaying Value, 6-9
Minimum Recorded, Displaying Value, 6-9
Units, 4-20
Temperature Limits, Operating Ambient, 1-5
Terminal Box
Parts List, 8-5
Removing, 7-8
Replacing, 7-8
Test Connections, 2-24
Third-Party Approvals, 2-3
Tier Capabilities, 1-2
Travel, Displaying Value, 6-9
Travel / Pressure Control, 4-12
Cutoffs, 4-12
End Point Pressure Control, 4-13
Travel Accumulation Alert Enable, 4-18
Travel Accumulator
Displaying Value, 6-9
Enabling Alert, 4-18
Resetting, 4-18
Travel Accumulator Alerts, 4-18
Travel Cutoff Alerts, 4-17
Travel Cutoffs, Adjustable, 4-12
Travel Deviation Alert, 4-16
Travel History Alerts, 4-17
travel indicator assembly, 2-9
Index
Travel Sensor
Adjusting
DVC6010 SIS, 5-7
DVC6015, 5-7
DVC6020 SIS, 5-8
DVC6025, 5-8
DVC6030 SIS, 5-7
DVC6035, 5-7
Parts List, 8-5
Removing
DVC6010 SIS, 7-9
DVC6015, 7-9
Index-6
DVC6020 SIS, 7-9
DVC6025, 7-9
DVC6030 SIS, 7-9
DVC6035, 7-9
Replacing
DVC6010 SIS, 7-10
DVC6015, 7-10
DVC6020 SIS, 7-11
DVC6025, 7-11
DVC6030 SIS, 7-13
DVC6035, 7-13
Travel Sensor Adjust, 5-7
Travel Sensor Motion, 4-22
Travel Target, Displaying Value, 6-9
Travel Tuning Sets, Gain Values, 4-6
Troubleshooting, 7-14
Tuning, 4-6
Pressure, 4-10
Travel, 4-6
Tuning Sets
Pressure, 4-10
Gain Values, 4-11
Travel, 4-6
Gain Values, 4-6
TÜV Certification, 1-3
Type 67CFR filter regulator, 2-17
V
Valve Serial Number, 4-20, 4-22
Valve Style, 4-22
Variables, Device, 6-9
Vent, 2-18
Voltage Available
Calculating, 2-24
Checking, 7-14
W
Weight, Valve-Mounted Instruments, 1-6
Wiring Length Guidelines, Auxiliary
Terminal, 6-6
Wiring Practices
Communication Cable Capacitance, 2-25
Control System Requirements, 2-24
Compliance Voltage, 2-25
Voltage Available, 2-24
December 2008
Fisher, FIELDVUE, PlantWeb, AMS, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business
division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson
Electric Co. ASCO is a mark owned by one of the Emerson Industrial Automation group of companies. exida is a mark owned by exida Consulting
LLC. HART is a mark owned by the HART Comunication Foundation. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy,
they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or
applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the
designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice. Neither Emerson, Emerson Process Management, nor any of their affiliated
entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of
any product remains solely with the purchaser and end-user.
Emerson Process Management
Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA
Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil
Chatham, Kent ME4 4QZ UK
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
EFisher Controls International LLC 2007, 2008; All Rights Reserved
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement